BA00274P/00/EN/18.16
71336359

Products

Solutions

Services

valid from Software version:
02.30.zz

Description of Instrument Functions
Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP75
Deltabar S FMD77 / 78, PMD75
Deltapilot S FMB70
Process pressure / Differential pressure, Flow /Hydrostatic

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

1.

Order code: XXXXX-XXXXXX
Ser. no.:XXXXXXXXXXXX
Ext. ord. cd.: XXX.XXXX.XX

Serial number

2. www.endress.com/deviceviewer

Endress+Hauser
Operations App

3.

A0023555

Make sure the document is stored in a safe place such that it is always available whenworking on or with the device.
To avoid danger to individuals or the facility, read the "Basic safety instructions" section
carefully, as well as all other safety instructions in the document that are specific toworking procedures.
The manufacturer reserves the right to modify technical data without prior notice. Your
Endress+Hauser Sales Center will supply you with current information and updates to these
Instructions.

2

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table of contents
1

Document information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

1.1

Symbols used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

2

Basic safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

3

Notes on use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

4Pressure measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

4.1
4.2

Calibration with reference pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Calibration without reference pressure . . . . . . . . . 6

5Level measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4

Overview of level measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8"Level Easy Pressure" level selection . . . . . . . . . . . . 9"Level Easy Height" level selection . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
"Level Standard" level selection,"Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
"Level Standard" level selection,"Pressure Linearized" level type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
"Level Standard" level selection,"Height Linearized" level type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

5.5
5.6

6

Flow measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

6.1
6.2

Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Totalizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

7

On-site display operating menu . . . . . 36

8

FieldCare operating menu . . . . . . . . . . 43

9Description of parameters . . . . . . . . . . 62

10

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131

10.1 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
10.2 Response of outputs to errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
10.3 Confirming messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142

Endress+Hauser

3Document information

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

1

Document information

1.1

Symbols used

1.1.1

Safety symbols

SymbolMeaning

DANGER
A0011189-DE

WARNING
A0011190-DE

CAUTION
A0011191-DE

NOTICE
A0011192-DE

1.1.2

DANGER!
This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation will result inseriousor fatal injury.
WARNING!
This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result inseriousor fatal injury.
CAUTION!
This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result inminoror medium injury.
NOTICE!
This symbol contains information on procedures and other facts which do not result inpersonalinjury.

Symbols for certain types of information

SymbolMeaning
Tip
Indicates additional information.
A0011193

2

Basic safety instructions

Siehe Betriebsanleitung:
Deltabar S BA00270P
Cerabar S BA00271P
Deltapilot S BA00332P

3

4

Notes on use

Typical examples of configuration

see chapter 4 to 6

Operating menu of the on-site display

see Chapter 7

FieldCare operating menu

see Chapter 8

Parameter description

see Chapter 9

Finding parameter description using parameter names (index)

see Page 142

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

4

Pressure measurement

4.1

Calibration with reference pressure

Pressure measurement

Example:In this example, a device with a 500 mbar (7.5 psi) sensor is configured for the 0...+300
mbar (4.5 psi)measuring range, i.e. 0 mbar and 300 mbar (4.5 psi) are assigned to the 4 mA
value and 20 mA value respectively.
Prerequisite:• The pressure values 0 mbar and 300 mbar (4.5 psi) can be specified. The device is alreadyinstalled, for example.
• See also Operating Instructions Deltabar S (BA00270P), Section "Differential pressure
measurement", Cerabar S (BA00271P), Section "Pressure measurement" or Deltapilot S(BA00332P), Section "Pressure measurement".
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT– Page 69, Table 7: BASIC SETUP.
• For a description of further relevant parameters, see– Page 100, Table 15: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 120, Table 25: PROCESS VALUES.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.

Endress+Hauser

5Pressure measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description
1

Deltabar S: before configuring the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andfilled with fluid. See Operating Instructions
BA00270P.

2

Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See Page
68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT.

3

If necessary, select the "Pressure" measuring mode
via the MEASURING MODE parameter.

+–

On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING
MODE
Digital communication:
See Page 62
4

P01-PMD75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-000

On-site display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group.
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION OPERATINGMENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

5

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

6

The pressure for the lower range value (4 mA value)is present at the device, here 0 mbar for example.

I
[mA]

➁ 20

Select GET LRV parameter.
Confirm value present. The pressure value present is
assigned to the lower current value (4 mA).
7

➀ 4

The pressure for the upper range value (20 mA
value) is present at the device, here 300 mbar (4.5psi) for example.
Select GET URV parameter.

300p[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-010

Fig. 1:

Confirm value present. The pressure value present is 1
2
assigned to the upper current value (20 mA).
80

Calibration with reference pressure
See table, step 6.
See table, step 7.

Result:
The measuring range is set for 0...+300 mbar (4.5psi).

You can also specify a customer-specific unit. See parameter description for PRESS. ENG.
UNIT (Page 69).

4.2

Calibration without reference pressure

Example:In this example, a device with a 400 mbar (6 psi) sensor is configured for the 0...+300 mbar
(4.5 psi) measuring range, i.e. 0 mbar and 300 mbar (4.5 psi) are assigned to the 4 mA valueand 20 mA value respectively.
Prerequisite:• This is a theoretical calibration, i.e. the pressure values for the lower range and upper
range value are known.
• See also Operating Instructions Deltabar S (BA00270P), Section "Differential pressure
measurement", Cerabar S (BA00271P), Section "Pressure measurement" or Deltapilot S(BA00332P), Section "Pressure measurement".
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display zero. To
perform a position adjustment see also Page 68, Table 6: Position adjustment.

6

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Pressure measurement• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT– Page 69, Table 7: BASIC SETUP.
• For a description of further relevant parameters, see– Page 100, Table 15: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 120, Table 27: PROCESS VALUES.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.
Description
1

If necessary, select the "Pressure" measuring mode
via the MEASURING MODE parameter.
On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING
MODE
Digital communication:
See Page 62

2

On-site display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group.
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION OPERATINGMENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

3

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

4

Select SET LRV parameter.

P01-PMP71xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-000

I
[mA]

➁ 20

Enter value, here 0 mbar, for the SET LRV parameterand confirm. This pressure value is assigned to thelower current value (4 mA).
5

Select SET URV parameter.
Enter value, here 300 mbar (4.5 psi), for the SET
URV parameter and confirm. This pressure value isassigned to the upper current value (20 mA).

6

➀ 4

Result:
The measuring range is set for 0...+300 mbar (4.5
psi).

0

300

p
[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-010

Fig. 2:
1
2

Calibration without reference pressure
See table, step 4.
See table, step 5.

• You can also perform calibration without reference pressure by means of the QUICK SETUP
menu. See Page 64 ff, Table 3: QUICK SETUP menu.
• You can also specify a customer-specific unit. See parameter description for PRESS. ENG.
UNIT (Page 69).

Endress+Hauser

7

Level measurement

Measuring task

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

5

Level measurement

5.1

Overview of level measurement

LEVEL SELECTION/LEVEL MODE

Measuredvariable options

Description

Comment

Measured value
display

The measured variable is in LEVEL SELECTION:
Level Easy Pressure
direct proportion to themeasured pressure.
Calibration is performed byentering two pressure-levelvalue pairs.

– Incorrect entries are
Via OUTPUT UNIT – Calibration withpossiblereference pressure –parameter: %, level,– SIL mode possible
wet calibration, seevolume or mass
Page 9, Section 5.2.1 – Customised units areunits.
not possible– Calibration without
reference pressure –dry calibration, see
Page 11, Section 5.2.2

The measured value
display and the LEVELBEFORE LIN parametershow the measured
value.

The measured variable is in LEVEL SELECTION:
Level Easy Height
direct proportion to themeasured pressure.
Calibration is performed byentering the density andtwo height-level value
pairs.

– Incorrect entries are
Via OUTPUT UNIT – Calibration withpossiblereference pressure –parameter: %, level,– SIL mode not possible
wet calibration, seevolume or mass
Page 13, Section 5.3.1 – Customised units areunits.
not possible– Calibration without
reference pressure –dry calibration, see
Page 15, Section 5.3.2

The measured value
display and the LEVELBEFORE LIN parametershow the measured
value.

The measured variable is in LEVEL SELECTION:
Level standard/
direct proportion to the
LEVEL MODE:
measured pressure.
LinearVia LIN.
MEASURAND
parameter:– % (Level)– Level– Volume– Mass– Incorrect entries are– Calibration withrejected by the device
reference pressure –– SIL mode not possible
wet calibration, see
Page 17, Section 5.4.1 – Customised level,
volume and mass
– Calibration without
units are possiblereference pressure –dry calibration, see
Page 19, Section 5.4.2

The measured value
display and the LEVELBEFORE LIN parametershow the measured
value.

The measured variable is
not in direct proportion to
the measured pressure as,for example, withcontainers with a conicaloutlet. A
linearisation table must beentered for the calibration.

LEVEL SELECTION:
Level standard/
LEVEL MODE:
Pressure Linearized

Via LINd
MEASURAND
parameter:– Pressure + %– Pressure +Volume– Pressure + Mass

– Calibration with
– Incorrect entries arereference pressure:rejected by the device– SIL mode not possible
semiautomatic entryof linearisation table, – Customised level,
volume and mass
see Page 21, Section
units are possible
5.5.1– Calibration without
reference pressure:manual entry of
linearisation table, see
Page 24, Section 5.5.2

The measured value
display and the TANKCONTENT parametershow the measured
value.

– Two measured variables
are required or– The container shape isgiven by value pairs, suchas height and volume.

LEVEL SELECTION:
Level standard/
LEVEL MODE:
Height Linearized– Incorrect entries are– Calibration with
Via COMB.
rejected by the device
reference pressure:
MEASURAND– SIL mode not possible
wet calibration andparameter:– Customised level,
semiautomatic entry– Height + Volume
volume and massof linearisation table,– Height + Mass
units are possible
see Page 26, Section– Height + %5.6.1– %-Height +– Calibration without
Volumereference pressure:– %-Height + Mass
dry calibration and– %-Height + %manual entry of
linearisation table, see
Page 30, Section 5.6.2

The measured value
display and the TANKCONTENT parametershow the 2nd
measured value(volume, mass or %).

The 1st measured variable%-height or height must be
in direct proportion to themeasured pressure. The
2nd measured variable
volume, mass or % mustnot be in direct proportion
to the measured pressure.
A linearisation table must
be entered for the 2nd
measured variable. The 2nd
measured variable isassigned to the 1st
measured variable bymeans of this table.

8

The LEVEL BEFORE
LIN parameter displays
the 1st measured value(%-height or height).

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level measurement

5.2"Level Easy Pressure" level selection

5.2.1

Calibration with reference pressure – wet calibration

Example:In this example, the level in a tank should be measured in m. The maximum level is 3 m (9.8ft). The pressure range is set to 0 to 300 mbar (4.5 psi).
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• The tank can be filled or emptied.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00270P) or Cerabar S (BA00271P),
Section "Level measurement" or Deltapilot S (BA00332P), Section "Level measurement".
• The values entered for EMPTY CALIB./FULL CALIB. and SET LRV/SET URV must have aminimum interval of 1% for the "Level Easy Pressure" level mode. The value will be rejectedwith a warning message if the values are too close together. Further limit values are notchecked; i.e. the values entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task
so that the measuring device can measure correctly.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT– Page 70, Table 8: LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Pressure"• For a description of further relevant parameters, see– Page 100, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 121, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.
Description
1

Deltabar S: Before you configure the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andfilled with medium. See Operating Instructions
BA00270P.

2

Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See Page
68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT.

3

If necessary, select the "Level" measuring mode via
the MEASURING MODE parameter.

➁

300 mbar3m➀

0 mbar0m

On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE
Digital communication:
See Page 62
4

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-008

If necessary, select "Level Easy Pressure" level modeusing the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.

Fig. 3:On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION

1
2Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Step 9.
See Table, Step 10.

Digital communication:
See Page 63

Endress+Hauser

9Level measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description
5

On-site display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

6

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

7

Select a level unit via the OUTPUT UNIT parameter,
here m for example.

8

Select the "Wet" option by means of the
CALIBRATION MODE parameter.

9

Hydrostatic pressure for the lower calibration pointis present at the device, here 0 mbar for example.

h
[m]

➁

3

➀

0
0

Select EMPTY CALIB. parameter.

300p[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-011

Enter the level value, here 0 m for example. Confirm
the value to assign the pressure value present to thelower level value.
To accept the value displayed you must first switch
to the Edit mode (see the "Editing values" section)and then press the  button to save the value.

I
[mA]

➃ 20

10 Hydrostatic pressure for the upper calibration pointis present at the device, here 300 mbar (4.5 psi) for
example.
Select FULL CALIB. parameter.
Enter the level value, here 3 m (9.8 ft) for example.
Confirm the value to assign the pressure value
present to the upper level value.
To accept the value displayed you must first switch
to the Edit mode (see the "Editing values" section)and then press the  button to save the value.
11 Set the value for the lower current value (4 mA) bymeans of the SET LRV parameter.

➂

4
0

3

h
[m]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-014

Fig. 4:1
2
3
4

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Step 9.
See Table, Step 10.
See Table, Step 11.
See Table, Step 12.

12 Set the value for the upper current value (20 mA) bymeans of the SET URV parameter.
13 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0 to 3 m (9.8 ft).

10

1.

You can also perform calibration with reference pressure by means of the QUICK SETUP
menu. See Page 65 ff, Table 4: QUICK SETUP menu.

2.

For this level mode, the measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available. 
See also parameter description for OUTPUT UNIT, Page 71.

3.

For operation using the on-site display, the parameters EMPTY CALIB. (Page 72) andFULL CALIB. (Page 73) also show the respective pressure present at the device. For
operation using Digital communication, the pressure present at the device is displayedin the PROCESS VALUES group (menu path: OPERATING MENUPROCESSINFO 
PROCESS VALUES).

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

5.2.2

Level measurement

Calibration without reference pressure – dry calibration

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in litres.The maximum volume of1000 litres (264 US gal) corresponds to a pressure of 450 mbar (6.75 psi). The minimum
volume of 0 litres corresponds to a pressure of 50 mbar (0.75 psi), as the device is mounted
below the level lower range value. The device is mounted below the level lower range value.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• This is a theoretical calibration i.e. the pressure and volume values for the lower and upper
calibration point must be known.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00270P) or Cerabar S (BA00271P),
Section "Level measurement" or Deltapilot S (BA00332P), Section "Level measurement".
• The values entered for EMPTY CALIB./FULL CALIB. and SET LRV/SET URV must have aminimum interval of 1% for the "Level Easy Pressure" level mode. The value will be rejectedwith a warning message if the values are too close together. Further limit values are notchecked; i.e. the values entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task
so that the measuring device can measure correctly.
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display zero. To
perform a position adjustment see also Page 68, Table 6: Position adjustment.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 70, Table 8: LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Pressure"• For a description of further relevant parameters, see– Page 100, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 121, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.
Description
1

2

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the
MEASURING MODE parameter.

1000 lOn-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE

450 mba

Digital communication:
See Page 62

0l

2

1

If necessary, select "Level Easy Pressure" level modeusing the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.

50 mbarρ = 1 kg3dm

On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION
Digital communication:
See Page 63
3

Endress+Hauser

On-site display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

P01-PMC71xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-000

Fig. 5:1
2

Calibration without reference pressure –dry calibration
See Table, Steps 7 and 8.
See Table, Steps 9 and 10.

11

Level measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description
4

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

5

Select a volume unit via the OUTPUT UNIT
parameter, here l (litres) for example..

6

Select the "Dry" option by means of the
CALIBRATION MODE parameter.

7Enter the volume value for the lower calibration
point via the EMPTY CALIB. parameter, here 0 l for
example.

8Enter the pressure value for the lower calibration
point via the EMPTY PRESSURE parameter, here 50
mbar (0.75 psi) for example.

9

V
[l]

➂ 1000➀Enter the volume value for the upper calibration
point via the FULL CALIB. parameter, here 1000 l(264 gal) for example.

0
50

450

➁

➃

0

1000

p
[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-026

I[mA]

10 Enter the pressure value for the upper calibration
point via the FULL PRESSURE parameter, here 450
mbar (6.75 psi) for example.

➅ 20

11 Set the value for the lower current value (4 mA) bymeans of the SET LRV parameter.
12 Set the value for the upper current value (20 mA) bymeans of the SET URV parameter.
13 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0 to 1000 l (264 gal).

➄

4
V
[l]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-028

Fig. 6:
1
2
3
4
5
6

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Step 7.
See Table, Step 8.
See Table, Step 9.
See Table, Step 10.
See Table, Step 11.
See Table, Step 12.

For this level mode, the measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available. See
also parameter description for OUTPUT UNIT, Page 71.

12

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level measurement

5.3"Level Easy Height" level selection

5.3.1

Calibration with reference pressure – wet calibration

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in litres. The maximum volume of1000 litres (264 US gal) corresponds to a level of 4.5 m (15 ft). The minimum volume of 0
litres corresponds to a level of 0.5 m (1.6 ft), as the device is mounted below the level lower
range value. The density of the medium is 1 kg/dm3.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• The tank can be filled or emptied.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00270P) or Cerabar S (BA00271P),
Section "Level measurement" or Deltapilot S (BA00332P), Section "Level measurement".
• The values entered for EMPTY CALIB./FULL CALIB., EMPTY PRESSURE/FULL PRESSURE,EMPTY HEIGHT/FULL HEIGHT and SET LRV/SET URV must have a minimum interval of
1% for the "Level Easy Height" level mode. The value will be rejected with a warning
message if the values are too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. thevalues entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that themeasuring device can measure correctly.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT– Page 73, Table 9: LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Height"• For a description of further relevant parameters, see– Page 100, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 121, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.
Description
1

Deltabar S: Before you configure the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andfilled with medium. See Operating Instructions
BA00270P.

31000 l2

Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See Page
68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT.

4,5 m

3

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the
MEASURING MODE parameter.

0l2On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE

0,5 m

1

ρ = 1 kg3dm

Digital communication:
See Page 62
4

If necessary, select the "Level Easy Height" level mode Fig. 7:
using the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.
On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION

1
2
3

P01-PMC71xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-001

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Steps 10 and 11.
See Table, Step 12.
See Table, Step 13.

Digital communication:
See Page 63
5Endress+Hauser

On-site display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

13

Level measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description
6

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

7

Select a volume unit via the OUTPUT UNIT
parameter, here l (litres) for example..

8

Select a height unit via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter,
here m for example.

9

Select the "Wet" option via the CALIBRATION MODE
parameter.

hp[m] h = r · g
4.5

➀
r=1

10 Select a density unit via the DENSITY UNIT
parameter, here kg/dm3 for example.

0.5
49

11 Enter the density of the fluid using the ADJUSTDENSITY parameter, here kg/dm3 for example.

441

g
cm3

p
[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-029

12 Enter the volume value for the lower calibration
point via the EMPTY CALIB. parameter, here 0 l for
example. (The currently measured hydrostaticpressure is displayed as height, here 0.5 m (1.6 ft)
for example.)V[l]➂ 1000To accept the value displayed you must first switch
to the Edit mode (see the "Editing values" section)and then press the  button to save the value.
13 Enter the volume value for the upper calibration
point via the FULL CALIB. parameter, here 1000 l(264 US gal) for example. (The currently measuredhydrostatic pressure is displayed as height, here 4.5
m (15 ft) for example.)ph= ρ·g➁To accept the value displayed you must first switch
to the Edit mode (see the "Editing values" section)and then press the  button to save the value.

0
0.5

4.5

h
[m]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-030

I[mA]

14 Set the value for the lower current value (4 mA) bymeans of the SET LRV parameter.

➄ 20

15 Set the value for the upper current value (20 mA) bymeans of the SET URV parameter.
16 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0 to 1000 l (264 US
gal).

➃

4
0

1000

V
[l]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-031

Fig. 8:12
3
4
5Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Steps 10 and 11.
See Table, Step 12.
See Table, Step 13.
See Table, Step 14.
See Table, Step 15.

For this level mode, the measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available. See
also parameter description for OUTPUT UNIT, Page 75.

14

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

5.3.2

Level measurement

Calibration without reference pressure – dry calibration

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in litres. The maximum volume is1000 l (264 US gal), and the maximum height is 4.5 m (15 ft). The minimum volume of 0
litres corresponds to a level of 0.5 m (1.6 ft), as the device is mounted below the level lower
range value. The density of the fluid is 1 kg/dm3.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• This is a theoretical calibration i.e. the height and volume values for the lower and upper
calibration point must be known.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00270P) or Cerabar S (BA00271P),
Section "Level measurement" or Deltapilot S (BA00332P), Section "Level measurement".
• The values entered for EMPTY CALIB./FULL CALIB., EMPTY PRESSURE/FULL PRESSURE,EMPTY HEIGHT/FULL HEIGHT and SET LRV/SET URV must have a minimum interval of
1% for the "Level Easy Height" level mode. The value will be rejected with a warning
message if the values are too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. thevalues entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that themeasuring device can measure correctly.
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display zero. To
perform a position adjustment see also Page , Table 6: Position adjustment.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 73, Table 9: LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Height"• For a description of further relevant parameters, see– Page 100, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 121, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.
Description
1

2

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the
MEASURING MODE parameter.

1000 lOn-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE

4,5 m

Digital communication:
See Page 62

0l

3

2

If necessary, select "Level Easy Height" level modeusing the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.

ρ = 1 kg3dm

On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION
Digital communication:
See Page 63
3

Endress+Hauser

On-site display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

0,5 m

1

P01-PMC71xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-007

Fig. 9:1
2
3

Calibration without reference pressure –dry calibration
See Table, Steps 8 and 9.
See Table, Steps 10 and 11.
See Table, Steps 12 and 13.

15

Level measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description
4

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

5

Select a volume unit via the OUTPUT UNIT
parameter, here l (litres) for example.

6

Select a height unit via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter,
here m for example.

7

Select the "Dry" option via the CALIBRATION MODE
parameter.

8

Select a density unit via the DENSITY UNIT
parameter, here kg/dm3 for example.

9Enter the density of the fluid using the ADJUSTDENSITY parameter, here kg/dm3 for example.

hp[m] h = r · g
4.5

➀
r=1

0.5
49

441

g
cm3

p
[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-029

10 Enter the volume value for the lower calibration
point via the EMPTY CALIB. parameter, here 0 l for
example.

V[l]

11 Enter the height value for the lower calibration point
via the EMPTY HEIGHT parameter, here 0.5 m (1.6ft) for example.

➃ 1000

12 Enter the volume value for the upper calibration
point via the FULL CALIB. parameter, here 1000 l(litres) (264 US gal) for example.
13 Enter the height value for the upper calibration point
via the FULL HEIGHT parameter, here 4.5 m (15 ft)
for example.

ph= ρ·g

➁

0
0.5

4.5

➂

➄

14 Set the value for the lower current value (4 mA) bymeans of the SET LRV parameter.
15 Set the value for the upper current value (20 mA) bymeans of the SET URV parameter.

h[m]P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-032

I[mA]

16 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0 to 1000 l (litres)(264 US gal).

➆ 20

➅

4
0

1000

V
[l]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-033

Fig. 10:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See Table, Steps 8 and 9.
See Table, Step 10.
See Table, Step 11.
See Table, Step 12.
See Table, Step 13.
See Table, Step 14.
See Table, Step 15.

For this level mode, the measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available. See
also parameter description for OUTPUT UNIT, Page 75.

16

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level measurement

5.4"Level Standard" level selection,"Linear" level type

5.4.1

Calibration with reference pressure – wet calibration

Example:In this example, the level in a tank should be measured in m. The maximum level is 3 m (9.8ft). The pressure range is set to 0 to 300 mbar (4.5 psi).
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• The tank can be filled or emptied.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00270P) or Cerabar S (BA00271P),
Section "Level measurement" or Deltapilot S (BA00332P), Section "Level measurement".
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT– Page 77, Table 10: BASIC SETUP– Page 79, Table 11: BASIC SETUP – "Linear" level type.
• For a description of further relevant parameters, see– Page 100, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 121, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.
Description
1

Deltabar S: before configuring the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andthe device filled with fluid. See Operating
Instructions BA00270P.

2

Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See Page
68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT.

3

If necessary, select the "Level" measuring mode via
the MEASURING MODE parameter.

➁

300 mbar3m➀

0 mbar0m

On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE
Digital communication:
See Page 62
4

If necessary, select "Level Standard" level mode using
Fig. 11:the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.
On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION

1
2

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-008

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See table, step 11.
See table, step 12.

Digital communication:
See Page 63

Endress+Hauser

17

Level measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description
5

On-site display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

6

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

7

Select the "Linear" option by means of the LEVELMODE parameter.

8

Select the "Level" option by means of the LIN.
MEASURAND parameter.

9

Select a level unit via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter,
here m for example.

h
[m]

➁

3

➀

0
0

10 Select the "Wet" option by means of the
CALIBRATION MODE parameter.

300p[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-034

11 The pressure for the lower calibration point ispresent at the device, here 0 mbar for example.

I
[mA]

➃ 20

Select EMPTY CALIB. parameter.
Enter the level value, here 0 m for example. Confirm
the value to assign the pressure value present to thelower level value.
12 The pressure for the upper calibration point ispresent at the device, here 450 mbar (6.75 psi) for
example.

➂Select FULL CALIB. parameter.
Enter the level value, here 3 m (9.8 ft) for example.
Confirm the value to assign the pressure value
present to the upper level value.
13 Set the value for the lower current value (4 mA) bymeans of the SET LRV parameter.
14 Set the value for the upper current value (20 mA) bymeans of the SET URV parameter.

4
0

3

h
[m]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-014

Fig. 12:1
2
3
4

Calibration with reference pressure –wet calibration
See table, step 11.
See table, step 12.
See table, step 13.
See table, step 14.

15 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0...3 m (9.8 ft).

18

1.

You can also perform calibration with reference pressure by means of the QUICK SETUP
menu. See Page 65 ff, Table 4: QUICK SETUP menu.

2.

You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter description for PRESS. ENG.
UNIT (Page 77), HEIGHT UNIT ( Page 79), UNIT VOLUME (Page 80) and MASSUNIT (Page 81).

3.

For this level type, the measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available.
See Page 79 ff.

4.

The EMPTY PRESSURE (Page 83) and FULL PRESSURE (Page 83) parametersdisplay the pressure values belonging to the EMPTY CALIB. and FULL CALIB.
parameters.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

5.4.2

Level measurement

Calibration without reference pressure – dry calibration

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in m3. The maximum volume is 5
m3 and the maximum height 4 m (13 ft). The density of the fluid is 1 kg/dm3. The device ismounted below the level lower range value.
Prerequisite:• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• This is a theoretical calibration, i.e. the tank volume, tank height and density of the fluid
are known.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00270P) or Cerabar S (BA00271P),
Section "Level measurement" or Deltapilot S (BA00332P), Section "Level measurement".
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display zero. To
perform a position adjustment see also Page 68, Table 6: Position adjustment.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 77, Table 10: BASIC SETUP– Page 79, Table 11: BASIC SETUP – "Linear" level type.
• For a description of further relevant parameters, see– Page 100, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 121, Table 26: PROCESS VALUES.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.
Description
1

Select the "Level" measuring mode via the
MEASURING MODE parameter.
On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE

➂

4m

➁ V = 5 m3

Digital communication:
See Page 62
2

If necessary, select "Level Standard" level mode using
the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.

➀r = 1 kg3dm

On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION
Digital communication:
See Page 63
3

Endress+Hauser

On-site display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP➃–0.5 m

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-003

Fig. 13:1
2
3
4

Calibration without reference pressure –dry calibration
See table, step 9.
See table, step 10.
See table, step 11.
See table, step 12.

19

Level measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description
4

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

5

Select the "Linear" option by means of the LEVELMODE parameter.

6

Select the "Volume" option by means of the LIN.
MEASURAND parameter.

7

Select a volume unit via the UNIT VOLUME
parameter, here m3 for example.

8

Select the "Dry" option by means of the
CALIBRATION MODE parameter. See also thefollowing note, point 3.

9

I
[mA]

➁ 20

➀

4
0

5

Enter the value for density via the ADJUST DENSITY
parameter, here 1 kg/dm3 for example.

10 Enter the tank volume via the TANK VOLUME
parameter, here 5 m3 for example.

V[m3]

P01-xxxx xxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-012

Fig. 14:
5
6

Current output calibration
See table, step 13.
See table, step 14.

11 Enter the tank height via the TANK HEIGHT
parameter, here 4 m (13 ft) for example.
12 Enter the level offset via the ZERO POSITION
parameter, here –0.5 m (-1,6 ft) for example.
13 Set the value for the lower current value (4 mA) bymeans of the SET LRV parameter.
14 Set the value for the upper current value (20 mA) bymeans of the SET URV parameter.
15 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0...5 m3.

20

1.

For this level type, the measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available.
See Page 79 ff.

2.

You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter description for PRESS. ENG.
UNIT (Page 77), HEIGHT UNIT ( Page 79), UNIT VOLUME (Page 80) and MASSUNIT (Page 81).

3.

A level value is assigned to the lower and upper current value by means of the SET LRV( Page 86) and SET URV (Page 86) parameters respectively. Once you haveselected the "Dry" calibration mode, the error message A711 "LRV or URV out of edit
limits" can appear. The error message goes out as soon as level values which are within
the editing limits are entered for the SET LRV and SET URV parameters.
By means of the ENTER RESET CODE parameter ( Page 124), you can use the code2710 to automatically set the SET LRV and SET URV parameters to level values which
are within the editing limits.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level measurement

5.5"Level Standard" level selection,"Pressure Linearized" level type

5.5.1

Semiautomatic entry of the linearisation table

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank with a conical outlet should be measured in m3.
Prerequisite:• The tank can be filled. The linearisation characteristic must rise continuously.
• A minimum gap of 0.5 % of the distance between two points must be maintained. Spansfor the "Pressure linearized" option: HYDR. PRESS MAX. – HYDR. PRESS MIN.; TANKCONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN. Spans for the "Height linearized" option: LEVELMAX – LEVEL MIN; TANK CONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00270P) or Cerabar S (BA00271P) or
Deltapilot S (BA00332P).
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT– Page 77, Table 10: BASIC SETUP– Page 87, Table 11: BASIC SETUP – "Pressure Linearized" level type– Page 104, Table 18: LINEARISATION – on-site operation– Page 107, Table 19: LINEARISATION – Digital communication.
• For a description of further relevant parameters, see– Page 100, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 121, Table 26: PROCESS VALUES.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.
Description
1

2

Deltabar S: before configuring the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andfilled with fluid. See Operating Instructions
BA00270P.

V
[m3]
3.5

Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See Page
68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT.
Carry out basic setup:3

If necessary, select the "Level" measuring mode via
the MEASURING MODE parameter.
On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING
MODE
Digital communication:
See Page 62

4

0
0

350

p
[mbar]

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-002

If necessary, select "Level Standard" level mode using
the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.
On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION
Digital communication:
See Page 63

Endress+Hauser

21

Level measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description
5

On-site display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

6

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

7

Select the "Pressure Linearized" option by means of
the LEVEL MODE parameter. See also the following
note, point 3.

8Select the "Volume" option by means of the LINd.
MEASURAND parameter.

9

Select a volume unit via the UNIT VOLUME
parameter, here m3 for example.

10 Select HYDR. PRESS MIN. parameter.
Enter the minimum hydrostatic pressure to be
expected, here 0 mbar for example.
11 Select HYDR. PRESS MAX .
Enter the maximum hydrostatic pressure to be
expected.
Carry out linearisation:
12 Change the function group:
Menu path: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATINGMENU SETTINGS LINEARISATION
13 Select TANK CONTENT MIN parameter.
Specify the minimum tank contents to be expected,
here 0 m3 for example.
14 Select TANK CONTENT MAX parameter.
Specify the maximum tank contents to be expected,
here 3.5 m3 for example.
15 On-site display:
Select the "Editor table" option by means of the
TABLE SELECTION parameter.
16 Select the "Semiautomatic" option by means of the
LIN. EDIT MODE parameter.
17 Select the "New table" option by means of the EDITORTABLE parameter.

22

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level measurement

Description
18 Enter linearisation table (min. 2 points, max.
32 points).

V
[m3]
➃ 3.5

Fill the tank to the height of the 1st point.
LINE-NUMB: confirm value displayed.
X-VAL.: the hydrostatic pressure present isdisplayed.

➄

On-site display, Digital communication:
The X-VAL. displayed is saved by confirming the Yvalue. See following line, Y-VAL.
HART handheld terminal:
Confirm X-VAL. displayed.

➂

Y-VAL.: enter the volume value, here 0 m3 forexample, and confirm the value.

00➀

19 On-site display:
If you want to enter another point for the
linearisation table, select the "Next point" option andenter the point as described in step 18.
If you want to finish entering the values and activate
the linearisation table, select the "Accept input table"
option.

350➁p[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-015

I
[mA]

➆ 20

Digital communication:
You can enter further points for the linearisationtable as explained in step 18. Once all the points
have been entered, the table must be activated bymeans of the TAB. ACTIVATE parameter.

➅ 4

19 Result:
The linearisation table has been entered.

0

3.5

V
[m3]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-016

Fig. 15:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Endress+Hauser

Semiautomatic entry of the linearisation table
See table, step 10.
See table, step 11.
See table, step 13.
See table, step 14.
See table, steps 15 – 19.
See the following note, point 4.
See the following note, point 4

1.

For this level type, the measured variables %, volume and mass are available.
See Page 87 ff.

2.

You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter description for PRESS. ENG.
UNIT (Page 77), HEIGHT UNIT ( Page 87), UNIT VOLUME (Page 87) and MASSUNIT ( Page 88).

3.

Once you have selected the "Pressure Linearized" level type, the warning message "W710
Set span too small. Not allowed." can appear. At this stage the linearisation table alreadyconsists of two points as standard. It could be the case that the 2nd value, and thus thehighest X-VAL. of the linearisation table, is smaller than the minimum span permitted( MINIMUM SPAN, Page 120). The message goes out as soon as the highest X-VAL.
is larger than the minimum span.

4.

A level value is assigned to both the lower and upper current value with the SET LRV( Page 102) and SET URV (Page 102) parameters. If you enter values for TANKCONTENT MIN (Page 104 or 107) and TANK CONTENT MAX (Page 104 or 107),
the SET LRV and SET URV parameters are also changed. If you want to assign values
other than those for TANK CONTENT MIN and TANK CONTENT MAX to the lower andupper current values, the desired values must be entered for SET LRV and SET URV.

23

Level measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

5.5.2

Manual entry of the linearisation table

Example:In this example, the volume in a tank with a conical outlet should be measured in m3.
Prerequisite:• This is a theoretical calibration, i.e. the points for the linearisation table are known.
• A minimum gap of 0.5 % of the distance between two points must be maintained. Spansfor the "Pressure linearized" option: HYDR. PRESS MAX. – HYDR. PRESS MIN.; TANKCONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN. Spans for the "Height linearized" option: LEVELMAX – LEVEL MIN; TANK CONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00270P) or Cerabar S (BA00271P),
Section "Level measurement" or Deltapilot S (BA00332P), Section "Level measurement".
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT– Page 77, Table 10: BASIC SETUP– Page 87, Table 12: BASIC SETUP – "Pressure Linearized" level type– Page 104, Table 18: LINEARISATION – on-site operation– Page 107, Table 19: LINEARISATION – Digital communication.
• For a description of further relevant parameters, see– Page 100, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 121, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.
Description
1

Perform basic setup as per Section 5.3.1, steps 2 to
11.
Carry out linearisation:

2

Change the function group:
Menu path: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATINGMENU SETTINGS LINEARISATION

3

Select TANK CONTENT MIN parameter .
Specify the minimum tank contents to be expected,
here 0 m3 for example.

4

0
0

350

p
[mbar]

Select TANK CONTENT MAX parameter .
Specify the maximum tank contents to be expected,
here 3.5 m3 for example.

24

V
[m3]
3.5

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-002

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level measurement

Description
5

On-site display:
Select the "Editor table" option by means of the
TABLE SELECTION parameter.

6

Select the "Manual" option by means of the LIN. EDIT
MODE parameter.

7

Select the "New table" option by means of the
EDITOR TABLE parameter.

8Enter linearisation table (min. 2 points, max.
32 points).

V
[m3]
➃ 3.5

➄

LINE-NUMB: confirm value displayed.

➂

X-VAL.: enter the pressure value and confirm.
Y-VAL.: enter the volume value, here 0 m3 for0➀

example, and confirm.
90On-site display
If you want to enter another point for the
linearisation table, select the "Next point" option andenter the point as described in step 8.
If you want to finish entering the values and activate
the linearisation table, select the "Accept input table"
option.

350➁p[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-015

I
[mA]

➆ 20

Digital communication:
You can enter further points for the linearisationtable as explained in step 8. Once all the points havebeen entered, the table must be activated by meansof the TAB. ACTIVATE parameter.

➅ 4

10 Result:
The linearisation table has been entered.

0

3.5

V
[m3]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-016

Fig. 16:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Endress+Hauser

Manual entry of the linearisation table
See Section 5.3.1, table, step 9.
See Section 5.3.1, table, step 10.
See table, step 3.
See table, step 4.
See table, steps 5 – 9.
See the following note, point 4.
See the following note, point 4.

1.

For this level type, the measured variables %, volume and mass are available.
See Page 87 ff.

2.

You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter description for PRESS. ENG.
UNIT (Page 77), HEIGHT UNIT ( Page 87), UNIT VOLUME (Page 87) and MASSUNIT ( Page 88).

3.

Once you have selected the "Pressure Linearized" level type, the warning message "W710
Set span too small. Not allowed." can appear. At this stage the linearisation table alreadyconsists of two points as standard. It could be the case that the 2nd value, and thus thehighest X-VAL. of the linearisation table, is smaller than the minimum span permitted( MINIMUM SPAN, Page 120). The message goes out as soon as the highest X-VAL.
is larger than the minimum span.

4.

A level value is assigned to both the lower and upper current value with the SET LRV( Page 102) and SET URV (Page 102) parameters. If you enter values for TANKCONTENT MIN (Page 104 or 107) and TANK CONTENT MAX (Page 104 or 107),
the SET LRV and SET URV parameters are also changed. If you want to assign values
other than those for TANK CONTENT MIN and TANK CONTENT MAX to the lower andupper current values, the desired values must be entered for SET LRV and SET URV.

25

Level measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

5.6

"Level Standard" level selection,"Height Linearized" level type

5.6.1

Wet calibration and semiautomatic entry of the linearisation
table

Example:In this example, the height and the volume should be measured at the same time.
Prerequisite:• The tank can be filled. The linearisation characteristic must rise continuously.
• A minimum gap of 0.5 % of the distance between two points must be maintained. Spansfor the "Pressure linearized" option: HYDR. PRESS MAX. – HYDR. PRESS MIN.; TANKCONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN. Spans for the "Height linearized" option: LEVELMAX – LEVEL MIN; TANK CONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00270P) or Cerabar S (BA00271P) or
Deltapilot S (BA00332P).
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT– Page 77, Table 10: BASIC SETUP– Page 89, Table 13: BASIC SETUP – "Height Linearized" level type– Page 104, Table 18: LINEARISATION – on-site operation– Page 107, Table 19: LINEARISATION – Digital communication.
• For a description of further parameters, see– Page 100, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 121, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.
Description
1

Deltabar S: before configuring the device for yourapplication, the pressure piping must be cleaned andfilled with fluid. See Operating Instructions
BA00270P.

2

Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See Page
68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT.
Perform calibration for the 1st measured
variable:3

If necessary, select the "Level" measuring mode via
the MEASURING MODE parameter.
On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING
MODE
See Page 62

26

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level measurement

Description
4

If necessary, select "Level Standard" level mode using
the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.

➁➃

On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION
Digital communication:
Menu path: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS BASIC SETUP MEASURING MODE "Level" 
LEVEL SELECTION
5➀➂

On-site display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

6

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

7

Select the "Height Linearized" option by means of the
LEVEL MODE parameter.

8

Select the "Height + Volume" option by means of the
COMB. MEASURAND parameter.

9

Select the unit for the 1st measured value via the
HEIGHT UNIT parameter, here m for example.

10 Select the unit for the 2nd measured variable via the
UNIT VOLUME parameter, here m3 for example.

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-004

h
[m]

➁➃ 3

➀➂ 0

11 Select LEVEL MIN parameter.
Enter the minimum level to be expected, here 0 m
for example.
12 Select LEVEL MAX parameter.
Enter the maximum level to be expected, here 3 m(9.8 ft) for example.

0

300

p
[mbar]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-017

Fig. 17:1
2
3
4

Calibrating the 1st measured variable
See table, step 11.
See table, step 12.
See table, step 14.
See Table, step 15.

13 Select the "Wet" option via the CALIBRATION MODE
parameter (calibration mode for the 1st measured
variable).
14 The pressure for the lower calibration point ispresent at the device, here 0 mbar for example.
Select EMPTY CALIB. parameter.
Enter the level value, here 0 m for example. Confirm
the value to assign the pressure value present to thelower level value.
15 The pressure for the upper calibration point ispresent at the device, here 300 mbar (4.5 psi) for
example.
Select FULL CALIB. parameter.
Enter the level value, here 3 m (9.8 ft) for example.
Confirm the value to assign the pressure value
present to the upper level value.
16 Result:
The calibration for the 1st measured variable iscarried out.

Endress+Hauser

27

Level measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description
Perform linearisation (calibration for the 2nd
measured variable)

V
[m3]
5

17 Change the function group.
Menu path: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATINGMENU SETTINGS LINEARISATION
18 Select TANK CONTENT MIN parameter.
Specify the minimum tank contents to be expected,
here 0 m3 for example.

0

19 Select TANK CONTENT MAX parameter.

0

3

h
[m]

Specify the maximum tank contents to be expected,
here 5 m3 for example.
P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-005

20 On-site display:
Select the "Editor table" option by means of the
TABLE SELECTION parameter.

V
[m3]
➅ 5

21 Select the "Semiautomatic" option by means of the
LIN. EDIT MODE parameter.
22 Select the "New table" option by means of the EDITORTABLE parameter.

➆

23 Enter linearisation table (min. 2 points, max.
32 points).
Fill the tank to the height of the 1st point.
LINE-NUMB: confirm value displayed.

➄

X-VAL.: the hydrostatic pressure present ismeasured and converted to the corresponding leveland displayed.

0
0

3

h
[m]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-018

On-site display, Digital communication:
The X-VAL. displayed is saved by confirming the
Y-value. See following line, Y-VAL.

I
[mA]

➈ 20

HART handheld terminal:
Confirm X-VAL. displayed.
Y-VAL.: enter the volume value, here 0 m3 forexample, and confirm the value.
24 On-site display
If you want to enter another point for the
linearisation table, select the "Next point" option andenter the point as described in step 23.
If you want to finish entering the values and activate
the linearisation table, select the "Accept input table"
option.
Digital communication:
You can enter further points for the linearisationtable as explained in step 23. Once all the points
have been entered, the table must be activated bymeans of the TAB. ACTIVATE parameter.

➇

4
0

5

V
[m3]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-019

Fig. 18:56
7
8
9Calibrating the 2nd measured variable
See table, step 18.
See table, step 19.
See table, steps 20 – 24.
See the following note, point 4.
See the following note, point 4.

25 Result:– The linearisation table has been entered.
– The measured value display and the
TANK CONTENT parameter display the 2nd
measured value (here the volume).
– The LEVEL BEFORE LIN parameter displays the
1st measured value (here the height). See also thefollowing note, point 5.

28

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level measurement1.

For this level type, the measured variables "Height + %", "Height + Volume", "Height +Mass", "%-Height + %", "%-Height + Volume" and "%-Height + Mass" are available. See
Page 87 ff.

2.

You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter description for PRESS. ENG.
UNIT (Page 77), HEIGHT UNIT ( Page 90), UNIT VOLUME (Page 91) and MASSUNIT ( Page 92).

3.

Once you have selected the "Pressure Linearized" level type, the warning message "W710
Set span too small. Not allowed." can appear. At this stage the linearisation table alreadyconsists of two points as standard. It could be the case that the 2nd value, and thus thehighest X-VAL. of the linearisation table, is smaller than the minimum span permitted( MINIMUM SPAN, Page 120). The message goes out as soon as the highest X-VAL.
is larger than the minimum span.

4.

A level value is assigned to both the lower and upper current value with the SET LRV( Page 102) and SET URV (Page 102) parameters.
You can use the ASSIGN CURRENT parameter (Page 114) to specify whether thecurrent output should depict the 1st or 2nd measured variable. Depending on thesetting of the ASSIGN CURRENT parameter, enter the following values for SET LRV andSET URV:– ASSIGN CURRENT = tank content (factory setting) %-value, volume value ormass value– ASSIGNMENT = height level value
The following applies for the setting ASSIGN CURRENT "Tank content":
If you enter values for TANK CONTENT MIN (Page 104 or 107) and TANK CONTENT
MAX ( Page 104 or 107), the SET LRV and SET URV parameters are also changed. If
you want to assign values other than those for TANK CONTENT MIN and TANKCONTENT MAX to the lower and upper current values, the desired values must beentered for SET LRV and SET URV.
The following applies for the setting ASSIGN CURRENT "Height":
If you enter values for LEVEL MIN (Page 93) and LEVEL MAX (Page 93), the SET
LRV and SET URV parameters are also changed. If you want to assign values other thanthose for LEVEL MIN and LEVEL MAX to the lower and upper current values, thedesired values must be entered for SET LRV and SET URV.

5.

Endress+Hauser

You can use the MENU DESCRIPTOR parameter (Page 111) to specify whichmeasured value should be displayed on the on-site display.

29

Level measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

5.6.2

Dry calibration and manual entry of the linearisation table

Example:In this example, the height and the volume should be measured at the same time.
Prerequisite:• This is a theoretical calibration, i.e. the points for the linearisation table are known.
• A minimum gap of 0.5 % of the distance between two points must be maintained. Spansfor the "Pressure linearized" option: HYDR. PRESS MAX. – HYDR. PRESS MIN.; TANKCONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN. Spans for the "Height linearized" option: LEVELMAX – LEVEL MIN; TANK CONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00270P) or Cerabar S (BA00271P),
Section "Level measurement" or Deltapilot S (BA00332P), Section "Level measurement".
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display zero. To
perform a position adjustment see also Page 68, Table 6: Position adjustment.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 77, Table 10: BASIC SETUP– Page 89, Table 12: BASIC SETUP – "Height Linearized" level type– Page 104, Table 18: LINEARISATION – on-site operation– Page 107, Table 19: LINEARISATION – Digital communication.
• For a description of further parameters, see– Page 100, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 121, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.
Description
Perform calibration for the 1st measured
variable:30

1

Perform calibration as per Section 5.4.2, steps 3 to
12.

2

Select the "Dry" option via the CALIBRATION MODE
parameter (calibration mode for the 1st measured
variable).

3Enter the density of the fluid via the ADJUSTDENSITY parameter, here 1 kg/dm3 for example.

4

If necessary, enter a level offset via the ZEROPOSITION parameter, here 0 m for example.

5

Result:
The calibration for the 1st measured variable iscarried out.

V
[m3]
5

0
0

3

h
[m]

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-005

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level measurement

Description
Perform linearisation (calibration for the 2nd
measured variable)
6

Change the function group.
Menu path: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATINGMENU SETTINGS LINEARISATION

7

Select TANK CONTENT MIN parameter.

V
[m3]
➅ 5

Specify the minimum tank contents to be expected,
here 0 m3 for example.
8➆

Select TANK CONTENT MAX parameter.
Specify the maximum tank contents to be expected,
here 5 m3 for example.

9➄

On-site display:
Select the "Editor table" option by means of the
TABLE SELECTION parameter.

0
0

3

h
[m]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-018

10 Select the "Manual" option by means of the LIN. EDIT
MODE parameter.

I[mA]

11 Select the "New table" option by means of the EDITORTABLE parameter.

➈ 20

12 Enter linearisation table (min. 2 points, max.
32 points).
LINE-NUMB: confirm value displayed.
X-VAL.: enter the height value and confirm.
Y-VAL.: enter the volume value, here 0 m3 forexample, and confirm.
13 On-site display
If you want to enter another point for the
linearisation table, select the "Next point" option andenter the point as described in step 12.
If you want to finish entering the values and activate
the linearisation table, select the "Accept input table"
option.
Digital communication:
You can enter further points for the linearisationtable as explained in step 12. Once all the points
have been entered, the table must be activated bymeans of the TAB. ACTIVATE parameter.

➇

4
0

5

V
[m3]

P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-019

Fig. 19:56
7
8
9Calibrating the 2nd measured variable
See table, step 7.
See table, step 8.
See table, steps 9 – 13.
See the following note, point 4.
See the following note, point 4.

14 Result:– The linearisation table has been entered.
– The measured value display and the
TANK CONTENT parameter display the 2nd
measured value (here the volume).
– The LEVEL BEFORE LIN parameter displays the
1st measured value (here the height). See also thefollowing note, point 5.

Endress+Hauser

1.

For this level type, the measured variables "Height + %", "Height + Volume", "Height +Mass", "%-Height + %", "%-Height + Volume" and "%-Height + Mass" are available. See
Page 87 ff.

2.

You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter description for PRESS. ENG.
UNIT (Page 77), HEIGHT UNIT ( Page 90), UNIT VOLUME (Page 91) and MASSUNIT ( Page 92).

3.

Once you have selected the "Pressure Linearized" level type, the warning message "W710
Set span too small. Not allowed." can appear. At this stage the linearisation table alreadyconsists of two points as standard. It could be the case that the 2nd value, and thus thehighest X-VAL. of the linearisation table, is smaller than the minimum span permitted31

Level measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART( MINIMUM SPAN, Page 120). The message goes out as soon as the highest X-VAL.
is larger than the minimum span.
4.

A level value is assigned to both the lower and upper current value with the SET LRV(Page 102) and SET URV (Page 102) parameters.
You can use the ASSIGN CURRENT parameter (Page 114) to specify whether thecurrent output should depict the 1st or 2nd measured variable. Depending on thesetting of the ASSIGN CURRENT parameter, enter the following values for SET LRV andSET URV:– ASSIGN CURRENT = tank content (factory setting) %- value, volume value ormass value– ASSIGNMENT = height level value
The following applies for the setting ASSIGN CURRENT "Tank content":
If you enter values for TANK CONTENT MIN (Page 104 or 107) and TANK CONTENT
MAX ( Page 104 or 107), the SET LRV and SET URV parameters are also changed. If
you want to assign values other than those for TANK CONTENT MIN and TANKCONTENT MAX to the lower and upper current values, the desired values must beentered for SET LRV and SET URV.
The following applies for the setting ASSIGN CURRENT "Height":
If you enter values for LEVEL MIN (Page 93) and LEVEL MAX (Page 93), the SET
LRV and SET URV parameters are also changed. If you want to assign values other thanthose for LEVEL MIN and LEVEL MAX to the lower and upper current values, thedesired values must be entered for SET LRV and SET URV.

5.

32

You can use the MENU DESCRIPTOR parameter (Page 111) to specify whichmeasured value should be displayed on the on-site display.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

6

Flow measurement

6.1

Calibration

Flow measurement

Example:In this example, a volume flow should be measured in m3/h.
• The "Flow measurement" measuring mode is only available for the Deltabar S differential
pressure transmitter.
• See also Operating Instructions BA00270P Deltabar S, Section "Flow measurement".
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT– Page 96 ff, Table 12: BASIC SETUP– Page 102 ff, Table 15: EXTENDED SETUP.
• For a description of further parameters, see– Page 102, Table 15: EXTENDED SETUP– Page 122, Table 29: PROCESS VALUES.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.
Description
1

Before configuring the device for your application,
the pressure piping must be cleaned and the device
filled with fluid. See Operating Instructions
BA00270P.

2

Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See Page
68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT.

3

If necessary, select the "Flow" measuring mode via
the MEASURING MODE parameter.
On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING
MODE
Digital communication:
See Page 62

4

Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

6

Select the "Volume p. cond." option by means of the
FLOW-MEAS. TYPE parameter.

7

Select a flow unit via the UNIT FLOW parameter,
here m3/h for example.

0

Select MAX PRESS. FLOW parameter.
Enter the maximum pressure, here 400 mbar (6 psi)for example. See also layout sheet of primaryelement.

0

400

p

0

6000

V
[m3/h]➁ [mbar]

I
[mA]

➃ 20

➂

Select MAX. FLOW parameter.
Enter the maximum flow value of the primaryelement, here 6000 m3/h for example. See also
layout sheet of primary element.

9➀ 6000On-site display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

58V[m3/h]

0

P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-013

Fig. 20:
1
2
3
4

Flow measurement calibration
See table, step 8.
See table, step 9.
See the following note, point 4.
See the following note, point 4.

10 Result:
The device is configured for flow measurement.

Endress+Hauser

33

Flow measurement

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

1.

You can also perform calibration by means of the QUICK SETUP menu. See Page 66
ff, Table 5: QUICK SETUP menu.

2.

Using the FLOW-MEAS. TYPE parameter, you can choose between the following flow
types:– Volume p. cond. (volume under operating conditions)– Gas norm. cond. (norm volume under norm conditions in Europe: 1013.25 mbar and273.15 K (0°C))– Gas std. cond. (standard volume under standard conditions in USA: 1013.25 mbar
(14.7 psi) and 288. 15 K (15°C/59°F))– Mass3.

Depending on the flow type selected, you can choose between various units. You canalso specify a customer-specific unit.
See parameter description for PRESS. ENG. UNIT (Page 97), UNIT FLOW (Page 98), NORM FLOW UNIT (Page 98), STD. FLOW UNIT (Page 98) and MASSFLOW UNIT (Page 99).

4.

A flow value or a pressure value is assigned to both the lower and upper current value
with the SET LRV (Page 103) and SET URV (Page 104) parameters.
You can use the LINEAR/SQROOT parameter (Page 114) to specify whether thecurrent output should depict the linear pressure signal or the Flow (square root) flow
signal. Depending on the setting of the LINEAR/SQROOT parameter, enter thefollowing values for SET LRV and SET URV:
– LINEAR/SQROOT = Flow (square root) (factory setting) flow value– LINEAR/SQROOT = Differential pres. pressure value
The following applies for the setting LINEAR/SQROOT "Flow (square root)":
As per the factory settings, the lower current value is set to equal zero and the upper
current value is set to the MAX. FLOW value. If you enter a value for MAX. FLOW, theSET URV parameter is also changed. If you want to assign values other than zero andMAX. FLOW to the lower and upper current values, the desired values must be enteredfor SET LRV and SET URV.
The following applies for the setting LINEAR/SQROOT "Differential pres.":
As per the factory settings, the lower current value is set to equal zero and the upper
current value is set to the MAX. PRESS. FLOW value. If you enter a value for MAX
PRESS. FLOW, the SET URV parameter is also changed. If you want to assign values
other than zero and MAX PRESS. FLOW to the lower and upper current values, thedesired values must be entered for SET LRV and SET URV.

5.

34

In the lower measuring range, small flow quantities (creepages) can lead to large
measured value fluctuations. You can activate low flow cut-off via the LOW FLOW CUTOFF parameter ( Page 103).

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

6.2

Flow measurement

Totalizers

Example:In this example, the volume flow should be totalised and displayed in the unit m3E3. Negativeflows should be added to the flow rate.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see– Page 109 ff, Table 18: TOTALIZER SETUP– Page 122 ff, Table 29: PROCESS VALUES• Totalizer 1 can be reset. Totalizer 2 cannot be reset.
Description
1

Calibrate the device as per Section 6.1.

2

Change the function group:(GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS TOTALIZER SETUP

3

Select a flow unit via the TOTALIZER 1 UNIT
parameter, here m3 E3 for example.

4

Use the NEG. FLOW TOT. 1 parameter to specify the
totalising mode for negative flows, here the "Positive"
option for example.

5

Reset totalizer 1 to zero via the RESET TOTALIZER
parameter.

6

Result:The TOTALIZER 1 and TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW
parameters display the totalised volume flow.

• You can also specify a customer-specific unit. See parameter description for TOTALIZER
1 UNIT (Page 110) and TOTALIZER 2 UNIT (Page 111).
• The TOTALIZER 1 and TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW parameters display the totalised flow valueof the first totalizer. The TOTALIZER 2 and TOTAL. 2 OVERFLOW parameters display the
totalised flow value of the second totalizer. See Page 122 ff, PROCESS VALUES functiongroup.
• You can use the MENU DESCRIPTOR parameter (Page 111) to specify which measured
value should be displayed on the on-site display.

Endress+Hauser

35On-site display operating menu

7

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

On-site display operating menu

The "Flow" measuring mode is only available for the Deltabar S differential pressuretransmitter (not valid for (160 bar (2400 psi) and 250 bar (3750 psi) measuring cell).
Depending on the parameter configuration, not all submenus and parameters areavailable. In the column "Measuring mode, Level mode or Level selection" all available
operating modes are listed.
Level 1

Level 2LANGUAGE
MEASURING MODE

Level 3

Measuring mode,
Level mode orLevel selection

Display
ID

See
page

LANGUAGE

all

079

62

MEASURING MODE

all

389

62

020

63

685

64

563

64

Level

Level 4LEVEL SELECTION

Flow
Pressure
QUICK SETUP

POS.ZERO ADJUST

all

POS. INPUT VALUEOPERATING MENUSET LRV

Pressure

245

64

SET URV

Pressure

246

64

EMPTY CALIB.

Level

314

66

FULL CALIB.

Level

315

66

MAX. FLOW

Flow

311

67

MAX PRESS. FLOW

Flow

634

67

DAMPING VALUE

all

247

65

all

685

64

POS. INPUT VALUE

563

64

CALIB. OFFSET

319

68

060

69

CUSTOMER UNIT P

075

69

CUST.UNIT FACT.P

317

69

SET LRV

245

69

SET URV

246

70

GET LRV

309

70

GET URV

310

70

DAMPING VALUE

247

77

060

70

CUSTOMER UNIT P

075

71

CUST.UNIT FACT.P

317

71

OUTPUT UNIT

023

71

CALIBRATION MODE

008

72

SETTINGSPOSITION ADJUST.

BASIC SETUP

POS.ZERO ADJUSTPRESS. ENG. UNIT

PRESS. ENG. UNIT

36

Pressure

Level Easy Pressure

EMPTY CALIB.

(Wet)

010

72

EMPTY CALIB.

(Dry)

010

72

FULL CALIB.

(Wet)

004

72

FULL CALIB.

(Dry)

004

73

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3On-site display operating menu

Level 4

Measuring mode,
Level mode orLevel selection

Display
ID

See
page

EMPTY PRESSURE

(Dry)

011

72

FULL PRESSURE

(Dry)

005

73

SET LRV

013

73

SET URV

012

73

DAMPING VALUE

247

73

060

74

CUSTOMER UNIT P

075

74

CUST.UNIT FACT.P

317

74

OUTPUT UNIT

023

75

HEIGHT UNIT

003

75

CALIBRATION MODE

008

75

DENSITY UNIT

001

75

ADJUST DENSITY

007

75

PRESS. ENG. UNITEMPTY CALIB.

(Wet)

010

76

EMPTY CALIB.

(Dry)

010

76

FULL CALIB.

(Wet)

004

76

FULL CALIB.

(Dry)

004

76

EMPTY HEIGHT

(Dry)

009

76

FULL HEIGHT

(Dry)

006

77

SET LRV

013

77

SET URV

012

77

DAMPING VALUE

247

77

060

77

CUSTOMER UNIT P

075

78

CUST.UNIT FACT.P

317

78

LEVEL MODE

718

78

804

79

HEIGHT UNIT

708

79

CUSTOMER UNIT H

706

79

CUST. UNIT FACT. H

705

80

UNIT VOLUME

313

80

CUSTOMER UNIT V

608

80

CUST. UNIT FACT. V

607

81

MASS UNIT

709

81

CUSTOMER UNIT M

704

81

CUST. UNIT FACT. M

703

82

CALIBRATION MOD

392

82

EMPTY CALIB.

314

82

EMPTY PRESSURE

710

83

FULL CALIB.

315

83

FULL PRESSURE

711

83

ADJUSTED DENSITY

810

83

PRESS. ENG. UNIT

LIN. MEASURAND

Endress+Hauser

Level Easy Height

Level Standard

Linear37

On-site display operating menu

Level 1

Level 2

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 3

Level 4

Display
ID

See
page

DENSITY UNIT

812

83

ADJUST DENSITY

316

83

UNIT VOLUME

316

84

CUSTOMER UNIT V

608

84

CUST. UNIT FACT. V

607

84

TANK VOLUME

858

84

HEIGHT UNIT

708

85

CUSTOMER UNIT H

706

85

CUST. UNIT FACT. H

705

85

TANK HEIGHT

859

85

100% POINT

813

86

ZERO POSITION

814

86

SET LRV

719

86

SET URV

720

86

DAMPING VALUE

247

86

805

87

UNIT VOLUME

313

87

CUSTOMER UNIT V

608

87

CUST. UNIT FACT. V

607

88

MASS UNIT

709

88

CUSTOMER UNIT M

704

88

CUST. UNIT FACT. M

703

89

HYDR. PRESS MIN.

775

89

HYDR. PRESS MAX.

761

89

DAMPING VALUE

247

89

806

90

HEIGHT UNIT

708

90

CUSTOMER UNIT H

706

90

CUST. UNIT FACT. H

705

90

UNIT VOLUME

313

91

CUSTOMER UNIT V

608

91

CUST. UNIT FACT. V

607

91

MASS UNIT

709

92

CUSTOMER UNIT M

704

92

CUST. UNIT FACT. M

703

92

LEVEL MIN

755

93

LEVEL MAX

712

93

CALIBRATION MODE

392

93

EMPTY CALIB.

314

93

EMPTY PRESSURE

710

94

FULL CALIB.

315

94

FULL PRESSURE

711

94

LINd. MEASURAND

COMB. MEASURAND

38

Measuring mode,
Level mode orLevel selection

Pressure Linearized

Height Linearized

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3On-site display operating menu

Level 4

Display
ID

See
page

ADJUSTED DENSITY

810

94

DENSITY UNIT

812

94

ADJUST DENSITY

316

94

HEIGHT UNIT

708

95

CUSTOMER UNIT H

706

95

CUST. UNIT FACT. H

705

95

100% POINT

813

96

ZERO POSITION

814

96

DAMPING VALUE

247

96

060

97

CUSTOMER UNIT P

075

97

CUST. UNIT FACT. P

317

97

FLOW-MEAS. TYPE

640

98

UNIT FLOW391

98

NORM FLOW UNIT

661

98

STD. FLOW UNIT

660

98

MASS FLOW UNIT

571

99

CUSTOMER UNIT F

610

99

CUST. UNIT FACT. F

609

99

MAX. FLOW

311

100

MAX PRESS. FLOW

634

100

DAMPING VALUE

247

100

PRESS. ENG. UNIT

EXTENDED SETUP

Endress+Hauser

Flow

TEMP. ENG. UNIT

Pressure

318

100

TEMP. ENG. UNIT

Level

318

101

DENSITY UNIT

(001)/(812)

101

ADJUST DENSITY(007)/(316)

101

PROCESS DENSITY(025)/(811)

101

SET LRV

762

102

SET URV

763

102

318

103

LOW FLOW CUT-OFF

442

103

SET. L. FL. CUT-OFF

323

103

SET LRV

637

103

SET URV

638

104

759

104

TANK CONTENT MAX

713

104

TABLE SELECTION

808

105

LIN. EDIT MODE

397

105

EDITOR TABLE

809

105

LINE-NUMB:

549

105

TEMP. ENG. UNIT

LINEARIZATION

Measuring mode,
Level mode orLevel selection

TANK CONTENT MIN

Flow

Level

39

On-site display operating menu

Level 1

Level 2

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 3

Display
ID

See
page

Y-VAL:

551

105

X-VAL:

550

106

TABLE EDITOR

770

109

MEASURING TABLE

549

106

MEASURING TABLE

717

106

TANK DESCRIPTION

815

106

662, 398,
666, 664

110

TOT. 1 USER UNIT

627

110

FACT.U.U.TOTAL.1

329

110

NEG. FLOW TOT. 1

400

110

RESET TOTALISER1

331

111

TOTALIZER 2 UNIT

663, 399,
667, 665

111

TOT. 2 UNIT TEXT

628

111

FACT.U.U.TOTAL.2

330

111

NEG. FLOW TOT. 2

416

111

419

111

MAIN DATA FORMAT

688

112

ALTERNATE DATA

423

112

DISPLAY CONTRAST

339

112

DIGITS SET

840

112

254

112

CURRENT CHARACT.

694, 695
696, 764

113

OUTPUT FAIL MODE

388

113

ALT.CURR.OUTPUT

597

114

SET MAX. ALARM

342

114

SET MIN. CURRENT

343

114

TOTALISER SETUP

Level 4TOTALIZER 1 UNIT

Measuring mode,
Level mode orLevel selection

Flow

SAFETY CONFIRM.
See Safety Manual for Deltabar S (SD00189), Cerabar S (SD00190) or Deltapilot S (SD00213P).
DISPLAYOUTPUT

TRANSMITTER INFO

MAIN LINE CONT.

all

OUTPUT CURRENT

all

ASSIGN CURRENTHeight Linearized

760

114

LINEAR/SQROOT

Flow

390

114

all

052

115

BUS ADDRESS

345

115

DEVICE TYPE

002, 351,
802

115

DEVICE REVISION

699

115

PREAMBLE NUMBER

036

116

MANUFACTOR ID

432

116

HART MESSAGE

271

116

HART DATE

481

116

354

117

386

117

HART DATATRANSMITTER DATACURRENT MODE

DEVICE SERIAL No
ELECTR.SERIAL No

40

all

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3On-site display operating menu

Level 4

Display
ID

See
page

CUST. TAG NUMBER

055

117

LONG TAG NUMBER

305

117

ADDITIONAL INFO.

272

117

DEVICE DESIGN.

350

117

HARDWARE REV.

266

117

SOFTWARE VERSION

264

117

CONFIG RECORDER

352

117

PCB TEMPERATURE

357

117

Allowed Min.TEMP

358

117

Allowed Max.TEMP

359

117

DIP STATUS

363

118

570

118

PROC.CONN.TYPE

482

118

MAT.PROC.CONN. +

360

118

MAT.PROC.CONN. -

361

118

SEAL TYPE

362

119

250

120

PRESS.SENS LOLIM

484

120

PRESS.SENS HILIM

485

120

MINIMUM SPAN

591

120

SENSOR MEAS.TYPE

581

120

MAT. MEMBRANE

365

120

FILLING FLUID

366

120

Tmin SENSOR

368

120

Tmax SENSOR

369

120

SENS H/WARE REV

487

120

301

121

CORRECTED PRESS.

434

121

SENSOR PRESSURE

584

121

SENSOR TEMP.

367

121

MEAS. VAL. TREND

378

121

PROCESS CONNECTION Pmax PROC. CONN.

SENSOR DATAPROCESS INFOPROCESS VALUESPEAK HOLD INDIC.

Endress+Hauser

SENSOR SER. No.

PRESSURE

Measuring mode,
Level mode orLevel selection

all

all

all

LEVEL BEFORE LIN

LinearHeight Linearized

050

122

TANK CONTENT

Pressure Linearized
Height Linearized

370

122

SUPPRESSED FLOW

Flow

375

123

TOTALISER 1

652

123

TOTAL.1 OVERFLOW

655

123

TOTALISER 2

657

123

TOTAL.2 OVERFLOW

658

123

380

123

MAX. MEAS.PRESS.

383

123

COUNTER:P < Pmin

467

123

COUNTER:P > Pmax

all

41

On-site display operating menu

Level 1

Level 2OPERATIONDIAGNOSTICS

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 3

Level 4

Display
ID

See
page

MIN. MEAS.PRESS.

469

123

COUNTER:T > Tmax

404

124

MAX. MEAS.TEMP.

471

124

COUNTER:T < Tmin

472

124

MIN. MEAS.TEMP.

474

124

PCB COUNT:T>Tmax

488

124

PCB MAX. TEMP.

490

124

PCB COUNT:T<Tmin

492

124

PCB MIN. TEMP.

494

124

RESET PEAKHOLD

382

124

047

124

OPERATING HOURS

409

124

INSERT PIN No

48

125

HistoROM AVAIL.

831

125

DOWNLOAD SELECT.

014

125

HistoROM CONTROL

832

125

413

126

414

126

ENTER RESET CODESIMULATION

Measuring mode,
Level mode orLevel selection

all

SIMULATION MODE

allSIM. PRESSUREMESSAGES

USER LIMITSSERVICE42

SYSTEM 2

SIM.FLOW VALUE

Flow

639

126

SIM. LEVEL

Level

714

126

SIM. TANK CONT.

Level

715

126

SIM. CURRENT

270

126

SIM. ERROR NO.

476

127

046

127

LAST DIAG. CODE

564

127

ACK. ALARM MODE

401

127

ACK. ALARM

500

127

RESET ALL ALARMS

603

128

ERROR No.

600

128

SELECT ALARMTYPE

595

128

ALARM DELAY

336

128

ALARM DISPL.TIME

480

128

332

129

PmaxALARM WINDOW

333

129

TminALARM WINDOW

334

129

TmaxALARM WINDOW

335

129

045

129

CURR. TRIM 20mA

042

130

OFFSET 4mA TRIM

043

130

OFFSET 20mA TRIM

044

130

ALARM STATUS

PminALARM WINDOW

CURR. TRIM 4mA

all

all

all

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

8

FieldCare operating menu

FieldCare operating menu

The "Flow" measuring mode is only available for the Deltabar S differential pressuretransmitter (not valid for (160 bar (2400 psi) and 250 bar (3750 psi) measuring cell).
Depending on the parameter configuration, not all submenus and parameters areavailable.
In the column "Measuring mode, Level mode or Level selection" all available operating modes
are listed.
Level 1

Level 2MEASURING MODE

MEASURING MODEQUICK SETUP

Level 3

Measuring mode, Level mode orLevel selection

See
page
62

LEVEL SELECTION

Level

63

LINEAR/SQROOT

Pressure and Flow

114

HART PRIMARY VALUE IS

all

116

all

118

DEVICE INFOUNITSSTATUS LOCKING (DIP STATUS)
CUST. TAG NUMBER

117

LONG TAG NUMBER

117

ADDITIONAL INFO.

117

HART MESSAGE

116

HART DATE

116

PRESS. ENG. UNIT

69
69

CUSTOMER UNIT P

69

TEMP. ENG. UNIT

100
Level Easy Pressure

70

CUST.UNIT FACT.P

71

CUSTOMER UNIT P

71

PRESS. ENG. UNIT

Level Easy Height74

CUST.UNIT FACT.P

74

CUSTOMER UNIT P

74

PRESS. ENG. UNIT

Level Standard

77

CUST.UNIT FACT.P

78

CUSTOMER UNIT P

78

TEMP. ENG. UNIT

100

PRESS. ENG. UNIT

RANGE VALUES

Pressure

CUST.UNIT FACT.P

PRESS. ENG. UNIT

Endress+Hauser

Level 4Flow

97

CUST.UNIT FACT.P

97

CUSTOMER UNIT P

97

TEMP. ENG. UNIT

103

SET LRV

Pressure

64

SET URV64

PRESS. SENS LOLIM

120

PRESS. SENS HILIM

120

LINEAR/SQROOT114

CALIB. OFFSET

68

43

FieldCare operating menu

Level 1

Level 2

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 3

Measuring mode, Level mode orLevel selection

64

SET MIN. CURRENT

114

DAMPING VALUE

65
Level Standard

73

PRESS. SENS LOLIM

120

PRESS. SENS HILIM120

CALIB. OFFSET

68

POS. ZERO ADJUST65

SET MIN. CURRENT

114

DAMPING VALUE

66
Level Easy Pressure

72

FULL PRESSURE

73

PRESS. SENS LOLIM

120

PRESS. SENS HILIM120

CALIB. OFFSET

68

POS. ZERO ADJUST65

SET MIN. CURRENT

114

DAMPING VALUE73

EMPTY PRESSURE

Level Easy Height72

FULL PRESSURE

73

PRESS. SENS LOLIM

120

PRESS. SENS HILIM120

CALIB. OFFSET

68

POS. ZERO ADJUST65

SET MIN. CURRENT

114

DAMPING VALUE

77

MIN.PRESS. FLOW

Flow

67

MAX.PRESS. FLOW

67

PRESS. SENS LOLIM

120

PRESS. SENS HILIM

120

LINEAR/SQROOT114

CALIB. OFFSET

68

POS. ZERO ADJUST67

SET MIN. CURRENT

114

DAMPING VALUE67

LOW FLOW CUT-OFF

Flow

SET.L.FL.CUT-OFF

44

72

FULL PRESSURE

EMPTY PRESSURE

DISP/PV SETTINGS

See
page

POS. ZERO ADJUSTEMPTY PRESSURE

FLOW CUT-OFF

Level 4FLOW-MEAS. TYPE

103
103

Flow

98

MASS FLOW UNIT

99

MAX. FLOW

100

UNIT FLOW98

NORM FLOW UNIT

98

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

FieldCare operating menu

Level 4

Measuring mode, Level mode orLevel selection

STD. FLOW UNITLEVEL ADJUST98

EMPTY CALIB.

Level Standard

72

FULL CALIB.

72

FULL PRESSURE

73

LEVEL MODE

78

LIN. MEASURAND79

CALIBRATION MODE

82
Level Easy Pressure

SETTINGS72

EMPTY CALIB.

72

EMPTY PRESSURE

72

FULL CALIB.

72

FULL PRESSURE

73
Level Easy Height75

HEIGHT UNIT

75

CALIBRATION MODE

75

EMPTY CALIB.

76

EMPTY HEIGHT76

EMPTY PRESSURE

72

FULL CALIB.

76

FULL HEIGHT

77

FULL PRESSURE

73

DENSITY UNIT

75

ADJUST DENSITY75

OUTPUT FAIL MODE

all

113

ALT. CURR. OUTPUT

114

VIEW ALARMS SET.

131

POSITION ADJUST.

BASIC SETUP

Endress+Hauser

71

CALIBRATION MODEOUTPUT UNIT

OPERATING MENU72

EMPTY PRESSURE

OUTPUT UNIT

ALARM
SETTINGS

See
page

PRESSURE

all123

POS.ZERO ADJUST68

POS. INPUT VALUE

68

CALIB. OFFSET

68

PRESS. ENG. UNIT

Pressure69

CUSTOMER UNIT P

69

CUST. UNIT FACT. P

69

PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM

120

LINEAR/SQROOT

114

SET LRV69

SET URV70

GET LRV70

GET URV70

DAMPING VALUE

70

45

FieldCare operating menu

Level 1

Level 2

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 3

Level 4

Measuring mode, Level mode orLevel selection

See
page

BASIC SETUPPRESS. ENG. UNIT

Level Easy Pressure

70

BASIC SETUP

BASIC SETUPCUSTOMER UNIT P

71

CUST. UNIT FACT. P

71

PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM120

OUTPUT UNIT

71

CALIBRATION MODE

72

EMPTY CALIB.

72

EMPTY PRESSURE

72

FULL CALIB.

73

FULL PRESSURE

73

SET LRV73

SET URV73

DAMPING VALUE

73

PRESS. ENG. UNIT

74

CUSTOMER UNIT P

74

CUST. UNIT FACT. P

74

PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM120

OUTPUT UNIT

75

HEIGHT UNIT

75

CALIBRATION MODE75

DENSITY UNIT

75

ADJUST DENSITY75

EMPTY CALIB.

76

EMPTY HEIGHT76

EMPTY PRESSURE

72

FULL CALIB.

76

FULL HEIGHT

77

FULL PRESSURE

73

SET LRV77

SET URV77

DAMPING VALUE

77

PRESS. ENG. UNIT
CUSTOMER UNIT P
CUST. UNIT FACT. P

46

Level Easy Height

Level Standard
LEVEL MODE = Linear,
LIN. MEASURAND = % (Height)
CALIBRATION MODE = Dry

77
78
78

PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM

120

LEVEL MODE

78

LIN. MEASURAND

79

HEIGHT UNIT

79

CUSTOMER UNIT H

79

CUSTOMER UNIT H

80

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3BASIC SETUP

FieldCare operating menu

Level 482

DENSITY UNIT

83

ADJUST DENSITY

83

100% POINT

86

ZERO POSITION86

SET LRV86

SET URV86

DAMPING VALUE

86

PRESS. ENG. UNIT

CUST. UNIT FACT. P

Level Standard
LEVEL MODE = Linear,
LIN. MEASURAND = % (Height)
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet

77
78
78

PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM

120

LEVEL MODE

78

LIN. MEASURAND79

CALIBRATION MODE

82

EMPTY CALIB.

82

EMPTY PRESSURE

83

FULL CALIB.

83

FULL PRESSURE

83

SET LRV86

SET URV86

DAMPING VALUE

86

PRESS. ENG. UNIT
CUSTOMER UNIT P
CUST. UNIT FACT. P

Endress+Hauser

See
page

CALIBRATION MODE

CUSTOMER UNIT P

BASIC SETUP

Measuring mode, Level mode orLevel selection

Level Standard
LEVEL MODE = Linear,
LIN. MEASURAND = Height
CALIBRATION MODE = Dry

77
78
78

PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM

120

LEVEL MODE

78

LIN. MEASURAND

79

HEIGHT UNIT

79

CUSTOMER UNIT H

79

CUSTOMER UNIT H

80

CALIBRATION MODE

82

DENSITY UNIT

83

ADJUST DENSITY

83

ZERO POSITION86

SET LRV86

SET URV86

DAMPING VALUE

86

47

FieldCare operating menu

Level 1

Level 2

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 3

Level 4

Measuring mode, Level mode orLevel selection

See
page

BASIC SETUPPRESS. ENG. UNIT

Level Standard
LEVEL MODE = Linear,
LIN. MEASURAND = Height
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet

77

CUSTOMER UNIT P
CUST. UNIT FACT. P

BASIC SETUP

78

PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM

120

LEVEL MODE

78

LIN. MEASURAND

79

HEIGHT UNIT

85

CUSTOMER UNIT H

79

CUSTOMER UNIT H

80

CALIBRATION MODE

82

EMPTY CALIB.

82

EMPTY PRESSURE

83

FULL CALIB.

83

FULL PRESSURE

83

ADJUST DENSITY

83

SET LRV86

SET URV86

DAMPING VALUE

86

PRESS. ENG. UNIT
CUSTOMER UNIT P
CUST. UNIT FACT. P

48

78

Level Standard
LEVEL MODE = Linear,
LIN. MEASURAND = Volume
CALIBRATION MODE = Dry

77
78
78

PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM

120

LEVEL MODE

78

LIN. MEASURAND

79

HEIGHT UNIT

79

UNIT VOLUME80

CUSTOMER UNIT V

80

CUST. UNIT FACT. V

81

CALIBRATION MODE

82

DENSITY UNIT

83

ADJUST DENSITY

83

UNIT VOLUME84

CUSTOMER UNIT V

84

CUST. UNIT FACT. V

84

TANK VOLUME

84

TANK HEIGHT

85

ZERO POSITION86

SET LRV86

SET URV86

DAMPING VALUE

86

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 1

Level 2

FieldCare operating menu

Level 3

Level 4

Measuring mode, Level mode orLevel selection

See
page

BASIC SETUPPRESS. ENG. UNIT

Level Standard
LEVEL MODE = Linear,
LIN. MEASURAND = Volume
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet

77

CUSTOMER UNIT P
CUST. UNIT FACT. P

BASIC SETUP

78

PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM

120

LEVEL MODE

78

LIN. MEASURAND

79

UNIT VOLUME84

CUSTOMER UNIT V

84

CUST. UNIT FACT. V

84

CALIBRATION MODE

82

EMPTY CALIB.

82

EMPTY PRESSURE

83

FULL CALIB.

83

FULL PRESSURE

83

SET LRV86

SET URV86

DAMPING VALUE

86

PRESS. ENG. UNIT
CUSTOMER UNIT P
CUST. UNIT FACT. P

Endress+Hauser

78

Level Standard
LEVEL MODE = Linear,
LIN. MEASURAND = Mass
CALIBRATION MODE = Dry

77
78
78

PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM

120

LEVEL MODE

78

LIN. MEASURAND

79

HEIGHT UNIT

85

MASS UNIT

81

CUSTOMER UNIT M

81

CUST. UNIT FACT. M

82

CALIBRATION MODE

82

DENSITY UNIT

83

ADJUST DENSITY

83

UNIT VOLUME84

CUSTOMER UNIT V

84

CUST. UNIT FACT. V

84

TANK VOLUME

84

TANK HEIGHT

85

ZERO POSITION86

SET LRV86

SET URV86

DAMPING VALUE

86

49

FieldCare operating menu

Level 1

Level 2

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 3

Level 4

Measuring mode, Level mode orLevel selection

See
page

BASIC SETUPPRESS. ENG. UNIT

Level Standard
LEVEL MODE = Linear,
LIN. MEASURAND = Mass
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet

77

CUSTOMER UNIT P
CUST. UNIT FACT. P

BASIC SETUP

120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM

120

LEVEL MODE

78

LIN. MEASURAND

79

MASS UNIT

81

CUSTOMER UNIT M

81

CUST. UNIT FACT. M

82

CALIBRATION MODE

82

EMPTY CALIB.

82

EMPTY PRESSURE

83

FULL CALIB.

83

FULL PRESSURE

83

SET LRV86

SET URV86

DAMPING VALUE

86

PRESS. ENG. UNIT

CUST. UNIT FACT. P
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

Level Standard
LEVEL MODE =Pressure Linearized
LIN. MEASURAND =Pressure and %

70
71
71
120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM

120

LEVEL MODE78

LINd. MEASURAND

87

HYDR. PRESS MIN.

89

HYDR. PRESS MAX.

89

DAMPING VALUE

89

PRESS. ENG. UNIT
CUSTOMER UNIT P
CUST. UNIT FACT. P
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

5078

PRESS. SENS. LOLIMCUSTOMER UNIT P

BASIC SETUP

78

Level Standard
LEVEL MODE =Pressure Linearized
LIN. MEASURAND =Pressure and Volume

70
71
71
120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM

120

LEVEL MODE78

LINd. MEASURAND

87

UNIT VOLUME87

CUSTOMER UNIT V

87

CUST. UNIT FACT V

88

HYDR. PRESS MIN.

89

HYDR. PRESS MAX.

89

DAMPING VALUE

89

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 1

Level 2

FieldCare operating menu

Level 3

Level 4

Measuring mode, Level mode orLevel selection

See
page

BASIC SETUPPRESS. ENG. UNIT

Level Standard
LEVEL MODE =Pressure Linearized
LIN. MEASURAND =Pressure and Mass70

CUSTOMER UNIT P
CUST. UNIT FACT. P
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

BASIC SETUP

120
120

LEVEL MODE78

LINd. MEASURAND

87

MASS UNIT

88

CUSTOMER UNIT M

88

CUST. UNIT FACT. M

89

HYDR. PRESS MIN.

89

HYDR. PRESS MAX.

89

DAMPING VALUE

89

PRESS. ENG. UNIT

CUST. UNIT FACT. P
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

Level Standard
LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
COMB. MEASURAND =% Height and %CALIBRATION MODE = Dry

74
74
74
120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM

120

LEVEL MODE

78

COMB. MEASURAND

90

HEIGHT UNIT

95

CUSTOMER UNIT H

95

CUSTOMER UNIT H

95

LEVEL MIN.

93

LEVEL MAX.

93

CALIBRATION MODE

93

DENSITY UNIT

94

ADJUST DENSITY

94

100% POINT

96

ZERO POSITION96

DAMPING VALUE

96

PRESS. ENG. UNIT
CUSTOMER UNIT P
CUST. UNIT FACT. P
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

Endress+Hauser

71

PRESS. SENS. HILIMCUSTOMER UNIT P

BASIC SETUP

71

Level Standard
LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
COMB. MEASURAND =% Height and %CALIBRATION MODE = Wet

74
74
74
120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM

120

LEVEL MODE

78

COMB. MEASURAND90

LEVEL MIN.

93

LEVEL MAX.

93

CALIBRATION MODE

93

EMPTY CALIB.

93

EMPTY PRESSURE

94

51

FieldCare operating menu

Level 1

Level 2

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 3BASIC SETUP

Level 4

94

FULL PRESSURE

94

DAMPING VALUE

96

PRESS. ENG. UNIT

CUST. UNIT FACT. P
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

Level Standard
LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
COMB. MEASURAND =% Height and Volume
CALIBRATION MODE = Dry

74
74
74
120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM

120

LEVEL MODE

78

COMB. MEASURAND

90

HEIGHT UNIT

95

CUSTOMER UNIT H

95

CUST. UNIT FACT. H

95

UNIT VOLUME91

CUSTOMER UNIT V

91

CUST. UNIT FACT. V

91

LEVEL MIN.

93

LEVEL MAX.

93

CALIBRATION MODE

93

DENSITY UNIT

94

ADJUST DENSITY

94

100% POINT

96

ZERO POSITION96

DAMPING VALUE

96

PRESS. ENG. UNIT
CUSTOMER UNIT P
CUST. UNIT FACT. P
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

52

See
page

FULL CALIB.

CUSTOMER UNIT P

BASIC SETUP

Measuring mode, Level mode orLevel selection

Level Standard
LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
COMB. MEASURAND =% Height and Volume
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet

74
74
74
120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM

120

LEVEL MODE

78

COMB. MEASURAND

90

UNIT VOLUME91

CUSTOMER UNIT V

91

CUST. UNIT FACT. V

91

LEVEL MIN.

93

LEVEL MAX.

93

CALIBRATION MODE

93

EMPTY CALIB.

93

EMPTY PRESSURE

94

FULL CALIB.

94

FULL PRESSURE

94

DAMPING VALUE

96

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 1

Level 2

FieldCare operating menu

Level 3

Level 4

Measuring mode, Level mode orLevel selection

See
page

BASIC SETUPPRESS. ENG. UNIT

Level Standard
LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
COMB. MEASURAND =% Height and Mass
CALIBRATION MODE = Dry

74

CUSTOMER UNIT P
CUST. UNIT FACT. P
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

BASIC SETUP

74
120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM

120

LEVEL MODE

78

COMB. MEASURAND

90

HEIGHT UNIT

95

CUSTOMER UNIT H

95

CUST. UNIT FACT. H

95

MASS UNIT

92

CUSTOMER UNIT M

92

CUST. UNIT FACT. M

92

LEVEL MIN.

93

LEVEL MAX.

93

CALIBRATION MODE

93

DENSITY UNIT

94

ADJUST DENSITY

94

100% POINT

96

ZERO POSITION96

DAMPING VALUE

96

PRESS. ENG. UNIT
CUSTOMER UNIT P
CUST. UNIT FACT. P
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

Endress+Hauser

74

Level Standard
LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
COMB. MEASURAND =% Height and Mass
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet

74
74
74
120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM

120

LEVEL MODE

78

COMB. MEASURAND

90

MASS UNIT

92

CUSTOMER UNIT M

92

CUST. UNIT FACT. M

92

LEVEL MIN.

93

LEVEL MAX.

93

CALIBRATION MODE

93

EMPTY CALIB.

93

EMPTY PRESSURE

94

FULL CALIB.

94

FULL PRESSURE

94

DAMPING VALUE

96

53

FieldCare operating menu

Level 1

Level 2

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 3

Level 4

Measuring mode, Level mode orLevel selection

See
page

BASIC SETUPPRESS. ENG. UNIT

Level Standard
LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
COMB. MEASURAND =Height and Volume
CALIBRATION MODE = Dry

74

CUSTOMER UNIT P
CUST. UNIT FACT. P
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

BASIC SETUP

90
120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM

120

LEVEL MODE

78

COMB. MEASURAND

90

HEIGHT UNIT

90

CUSTOMER UNIT H

90

CUST. UNIT FACT. H

90

UNIT VOLUME91

CUSTOMER UNIT V

91

CUST. UNIT FACT. V

91

LEVEL MIN.

93

LEVEL MAX.

93

CALIBRATION MODE

93

DENSITY UNIT

94

ADJUST DENSITY

94

ZERO POSITION96

DAMPING VALUE

96

PRESS. ENG. UNIT
CUSTOMER UNIT P
CUST. UNIT FACT. P
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

54

90

Level Standard
LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
COMB. MEASURAND =Height and Volume
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet

74
90
90
120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM

120

LEVEL MODE

78

COMB. MEASURAND

90

HEIGHT UNIT

90

CUSTOMER UNIT H

90

CUST. UNIT FACT. H

90

UNIT VOLUME91

CUSTOMER UNIT V

91

CUST. UNIT FACT. V

91

LEVEL MIN.

93

LEVEL MAX.

93

CALIBRATION MODE

93

EMPTY CALIB.

93

EMPTY PRESSURE

94

FULL CALIB.

94

FULL PRESSURE

94

ADJUST DENSITY

94

DAMPING VALUE

96

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 1

Level 2

FieldCare operating menu

Level 3

Level 4

Measuring mode, Level mode orLevel selection

See
page

BASIC SETUPPRESS. ENG. UNIT

Level Standard
LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
COMB. MEASURAND =Height and Mass
CALIBRATION MODE = Dry

74

CUSTOMER UNIT P
CUST. UNIT FACT. P
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

BASIC SETUP

90
120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM

120

LEVEL MODE

78

COMB. MEASURAND

90

HEIGHT UNIT

90

CUSTOMER UNIT H

90

CUSTOMER UNIT H

90MASS UNIT

92

CUSTOMER UNIT M

92

CUST. UNIT FACT. M

92

LEVEL MIN.

93

LEVEL MAX.

93

CALIBRATION MODE

93

DENSITY UNIT

94

ADJUST DENSITY

94

ZERO POSITION96

DAMPING VALUE

96

PRESS. ENG. UNIT
CUSTOMER UNIT P
CUST. UNIT FACT. P
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

Endress+Hauser

90

Level Standard
LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
COMB. MEASURAND =Height and Mass
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet

74
90
90
120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM

120

LEVEL MODE

78

COMB. MEASURAND

90

HEIGHT UNIT

90

CUSTOMER UNIT H

90

CUSTOMER UNIT H

90MASS UNIT

92

CUSTOMER UNIT M

92

CUST. UNIT FACT. M

92

LEVEL MIN.

93

LEVEL MAX.

93

CALIBRATION MODE

93

EMPTY CALIB.

93

EMPTY PRESSURE

94

FULL CALIB.

94

FULL PRESSURE

94

ADJUST DENSITY

94

DAMPING VALUE

96

55

FieldCare operating menu

Level 1

Level 2

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 3

Level 4

Measuring mode, Level mode orLevel selection

See
page

BASIC SETUPPRESS. ENG. UNIT

Level Standard
LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
COMB. MEASURAND =Height and %CALIBRATION MODE = Dry

74

CUSTOMER UNIT P
CUST. UNIT FACT. P
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

BASIC SETUP

120
120

LEVEL MODE

78

COMB. MEASURAND

90

HEIGHT UNIT

90

CUSTOMER UNIT H

90

CUSTOMER UNIT H

90

LEVEL MIN93

LEVEL MAX93

CALIBRATION MODE

93

DENSITY UNIT

94

ADJUST DENSITY

94

ZERO POSITION96

DAMPING VALUE

96

PRESS. ENG. UNIT

CUST. UNIT FACT. P
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

56

90

PRESS. SENS. HILIMCUSTOMER UNIT P

BASIC SETUP

90

Level Standard
LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
COMB. MEASURAND =Height and %CALIBRATION MODE = Wet

74
90
90
120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM

120

LEVEL MODE

78

COMB. MEASURAND

90

HEIGHT UNIT

90

CUSTOMER UNIT H

90

CUSTOMER UNIT H

90

LEVEL MIN.

93

LEVEL MAX.

93

CALIBRATION MODE

93

EMPTY CALIB.

93

EMPTY PRESSURE

94

FULL CALIB.

94

FULL PRESSURE

94

ADJUST DENSITY

94

DAMPING VALUE

96

PRESS. ENG. UNIT

Flow

97

CUSTOMER UNIT P

97

CUST. UNIT FACT. P

97

PRESS. SENS. LOLIM

120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM

120

LINEAR/SQROOT114

MIN PRESS. FLOW

67

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

EXTENDED SETUP

FieldCare operating menu

Level 4100

FLOW-MEAS TYPE

98

UNIT FLOW98

CUSTOMER UNIT F

99

CUST. UNIT FACT. F

99

MAX. DURCHFLUSS100

LOW FLOW CUT-OFF

103

SET. L. FL. CUT-OFF

103

DAMPING VALUE

100

TEMP. ENG. UNIT

Flow

100

TEMP. ENG. UNIT

Level

101

DENSITY UNIT

Level Standard

101

ADJUST DENSITY

101

PROCESS DENSITY

101

SET LRV

Pressure Linearized,
Height Linearized102

SET URV

Pressure Linearized,
Height Linearized

102

DENSITY UNIT

Level Easy Pressure

101

ADJUST DENSITY

101

PROCESS DENSITY

101
101
101

PROCESS DENSITY

101
Flow

103

SET LRV103

SET URV104

TANK CONTENT MINTANK CONTENT MAX

Endress+Hauser

Level Easy Height

DENSITY UNIT

TEMP. ENG. UNITTOTALISER SETUP

See
page

MAX PRESS. FLOW

ADJUST DENSITYLINEARIZATION

Measuring mode, Level mode orLevel selection

Pressure Linearized,
Height Linearized

107
107

TABLE SELECTION

107

LIN. EDIT MODE

107

EDITOR TABLE

108

LINE-NUMB:108

X-VAL (Manual):108

X-VAL (Semiauto.):108

Y-VAL:

108

ACTIV LIN.TAB.Y

109

ACTIV LIN.TAB.X

109

TANK DESCRIPTION109TABLE ACTIVATE109

TOTAL.1 ENG.UNIT

Flow

110

TOT. 1 USER UNIT

110

FACT.U.U.TOTAL.1

110

57

FieldCare operating menu

Level 1

Level 2

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 3

Level 4

Measuring mode, Level mode orLevel selection

See
page

NEG. FLOW TOT. 1

110

RESET TOTALISER1111

TOTAL.2 ENG.UNIT

111

TOT. 2 UNIT TEXT111

FACT.U.U.TOTAL.2

111

NEG. FLOW TOT. 2

111

SAFETY CONFIRM.
See Safety Manual for Deltabar S (SD00189), Cerabar S (SD00190) or Deltapilot S (SD00213P).
DISPLAYOUTPUT

TRANSMITTER DATA

MAIN LINE CONT.

all

LANGUAGE

62

MAIN DATA FORMAT

112

ALTERNATE DATA112

DISPLAY CONTRAST

112

DIGITS SET112

OUTPUT CURRENT

all

112

CURRENT CHARACT.

113

OUTPUT FAIL MODE

113

ALT.CURR.OUTPUT

114

SET MAX. ALARM

114

SET MIN. CURRENT

114

LINEAR/SQROOT

Pressure and Flow

114

ASSIGN CURRENTHeight Linearized

114

all

114

HART DATATRANSMITTER DATAHART VERSIONCURRENT MODE115

BUS ADDRESS115

DEVICE TYPE

115

DEVICE REVISION115

BURST MODE

115

BURST OPTION

115

PREAMBLE NUMBER

116

MANUFACTOR ID

116

MESSAGE

116

HART DATE

116

HART PRIMARY VALUE IS

116

PRIMARY VALUE116

SECONDARY VAL.IS

116

SECONDARY VALUE

116

THIRD VALUE IS

116

THIRD VALUE

116

4TH VALUE IS

117

4TH VALUE117

DEVICE SERIAL No
ELECTR.SERIAL No

58

111

all

117
117

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

PROCESSCONNECTIONSENSOR DATAPROCESS INFO

Endress+Hauser

PROCESS VALUES

FieldCare operating menu

Level 4

Measuring mode, Level mode orLevel selection

See
page

CUST. TAG NUMBER

117

LONG TAG NUMBER

117

ADDITIONAL INFO.

117

DEVICE DESIGN.

117

HARDWARE REV.

117

SOFTWARE VERSION

117

CONFIG RECORDER117

PCB TEMPERATURE

117

Allowed Min.TEMP

117

Allowed Max.TEMP

117

DIP STATUS

118

Pmax PROC. CONN.

all

118

PROC.CONN.TYPE

118

MAT.PROC.CONN. +118

MAT.PROC.CONN. -118

SEAL TYPE

119

BOLTS MATERIAL

119

NUTS MATERIAL

119

DRAIN VENT MAT.

119

DRAIN VENT POS.

119

THREAD PROCESS

119

MOUNTING THREAD

119

REMOTE SEAL +119

REMOTE SEAL -119

DIAPHRAG.MAT. +119

DIAPHRAG.MAT. -119

NR OF CHEM SEAL

120

FILL FLUID

120

SENSOR SER. No.

all

120

PRESS.SENS LOLIM

120

PRESS.SENS HILIM

120

MINIMUM SPAN

120

SENSOR MEAS.TYPE

120

MAT. MEMBRANE

120

FILLING FLUID

120

Tmin SENSOR

120

Tmax SENSOR

120

SENS H/WARE REV

120

MEASURED VALUE

Pressure

121

PRESSURE

121

CORRECTED PRESS.

121

SENSOR PRESSURE

121

SENSOR TEMP.

121

59

FieldCare operating menu

Level 1

Level 2

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 3

Level 4

Measuring mode, Level mode orLevel selection

MEAS. VAL. TRENDMEASURED VALUEPEAK HOLD INDIC.

OPERATIONDIAGNOSTICS

60

See
page
121

Level

122

PRESSURE

122

CORRECTED PRESS.

122

SENSOR PRESSURE

122

SENSOR TEMP.

122

MEAS. VAL. TREND

122

LEVEL BEFORE LIN

122

TANK CONTENT

Pressure Linearized,
Height Linearized

122

MEASURED VALUE

Flow

122

PRESSURE

123

CORRECTED PRESS.

123

SENSOR PRESSURE

123

SENSOR TEMP.

123

MEAS. VAL. TREND123

SUPPRESSED FLOW123

TOTALIZER 1

123

TOTAL.1 OVERFLOW123

TOTALIZER 2123

TOTAL.2 OVERFLOW

123

COUNTER:P > Pmax

all

123

COUNTER:P < Pmin

123

MAX. MEAS.PRESS.

123

MIN. MEAS.PRESS.

123

COUNTER:T > Tmax

124

COUNTER:T < Tmin

124

MAX. MEAS.TEMP.

124

MIN. MEAS.TEMP.

124

PCB COUNT:T>Tmax

124

PCB COUNT:T<Tmin

124

PCB MAX. TEMP.

124

PCB MIN. TEMP.

124

RESET PEAKHOLD124

ENTER RESET CODE

all

124

OPERATING HOURS

124

INSERT PIN No

125

HistoROM AVAIL.

125

DOWNLOAD SELECT.

125

HistoROM CONTROL125

SIMULATIONSIMULATION MODE

all

126

SIM. PRESSURE

126

SIM.FLOW VALUE

126

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3MESSAGES

USER LIMITSSERVICE

Endress+Hauser

System2

FieldCare operating menu

Level 4

Measuring mode, Level mode orLevel selection

See
page

SIM. LEVEL

126

SIM. TANK CONT.

126

SIM. CURRENT

126

SIM. ERROR NO.

127

ALARM STATUS

all

127

LAST DIAG. CODE

127

ACK. ALARM MODE

127

ACK. ALARM

127

RESET ALL ALARMS

128

ERROR No.

128

SELECT ALARMTYPE(Overview alarms)

128
(131)

ALARM DELAY

128

ALARM DISPL.TIME

128

PminALARM WINDOW

all

129

PmaxALARM WINDOW

129

TminALARM WINDOW129

TmaxALARM WINDOW129

CURR. TRIM 4mA

all

129

CURR. TRIM 20mA

130

OFFSET 4mA TRIM

130

OFFSET 20mA TRIM

130

61

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

9

Description of parameters• The following tables list all the parameters as per the menu structure of the on-site
display. Each table corresponds to a function group in the menu tree.
• The menu structure for on-site operation and the digital communication are different.
• In the operating program or HART handheld terminal, additional parameters are
displayed. These parameters are marked accordingly.
• The menu path of the on-site display is indicated in the header of each table. You can use
this path to get to the parameters in question.
• The menu has a different structure depending on the measuring mode selected. Thismeans that some function groups are only displayed for one measuring mode, e.g. the"LINEARISATION" function group for the "Level" measuring mode. If certain requirements
have to be met for a function group, these are listed in the first row of the table.
• Some parameters are only displayed if other parameters are appropriately configured. For
example, the EMPTY CALIB. parameter is not displayed in the Quick Setup menu ("Level"measuring mode) unless the "Linear" option was selected for the LEVEL MODE parameterand the "Wet" option was selected for the CALIBRATION MODE parameter. There is acomment in the parameter description here stating: Note: prerequisite: LEVEL MODE =Linear and CALIBRATION MODE = Wet.
• Parameter names are written in upper case in the text.
• In the "Parameter name" column, the unique identification number (ID) of the parameteris indicated in brackets. This ID only appears on the on-site display.
Table 1: GROUP SELECTION LANGUAGE – on-site operation
Parameter name

Description

LANGUAGE (079)
Selection

Select the menu language for the on-site display.
• In the operating program and in the HART handheld terminal, the LANGUAGE
parameter is arranged in the DISPLAY function group.
• Select the menu language for FieldCare via the "Extras" menu "Options" "Display" tab "Tool language" area.
Factory setting:EnglishTable 2: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING MODE – on-site operation
Parameter name

Description

MEASURING MODE (389)
Selection

Select the measuring mode.
The operating menu is structured according to the selected measuring mode.
!

WARNING

Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.

‣

Options:• Pressure• Level• Deltabar S: Flow
Factory setting:• Cerabar S and Deltabar S: Pressure• Deltapilot S: Level

62

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 2: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING MODE – on-site operation
Parameter name

Description

LEVEL SELECTION (020)
Options

Select level mode.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level• In the "Level Easy Pressure" and "Level Easy Height" level modes, the values
entered are not tested as extensively as in the "Level Standard" level mode. The
values entered for EMPTY CALIB./FULL CALIB., EMPTY PRESSURE/FULL
PRESSURE, EMPTY HEIGHT/FULL HEIGHT and SET LRV/SET URV must have aminimum interval of 1% for the "Level Easy Pressure" and "Level Easy Height"
level modes. The value will be rejected with a warning message if the values are
too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered
must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that themeasuring device can measure correctly.
For an overview of the different level modes and types, see Page 8, Section
5.1 "Overview of level measurement".
• The "Level Easy Pressure" and "Level Easy Height" level modes encompass fewer
parameters than the "Level Standard" mode and are used for quick and easy
configuration of a level application.
• Customer-specific units of fill level, volume and mass or a linearization tablemay only be entered in the "Level Standard" level mode.
• Where the device is intended for use as a subsystem in a safety function (SIL), a"Device configuration with enhanced parameter security" (SAFETY CONFIRM.) is
only possible for the "Level" operating mode in the "Level Easy Pressure" level
mode. All parameters previously entered are checked after a password isentered. Once the "Level Easy Height" or "Level Standard" has been selected, theconfiguration will first have to be reset to the ex-works setting using the RESET
parameter (menu path: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU 
OPERATION) using the reset code "7864".
For additional information, see the Safety Manual for Deltabar S (SD00189),
Cerabar S (SD00190) or Deltapilot S (SD00213P).
Options:• Level Easy Pressure
Specify two pressure-level value pairs for this level mode. The pressure
measured value is converted directly to the unit which is selected via the
OUTPUT UNIT parameter (Page 71). Two calibration modes, "Wet" and "Dry",
are available.
– Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. In the caseof two different levels, the level, volume, mass or percentage value entered is
assigned to the pressure measured at this point in time.
– Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration. For this calibration, specify twopressure-level value pairs via the EMPTY CALIB., EMPTY PRESSURE, FULLCALIB. and FULL PRESSURE parameters. Parameter descriptions see Page
72 ff.
• Level Easy Height
For this level mode, specify a height unit, density and two height-level value
pairs. The pressure measured value is converted to a height value using thedensity entered and the height unit. Two calibration modes, "Wet" and "Dry", areavailable.
– Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. In the caseof two different levels, the level, volume, mass or percentage value entered is
assigned to the converted height value.
– Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration. For this calibration, specify twoheight-level value pairs via the EMPTY CALIB., EMPTY HEIGHT, FULL CALIB.
and FULL HEIGHT parameters. Parameter descriptions see Page 76 ff.
• Level standard
Once you have selected this level mode, you can use the LEVEL MODE parameter( Page 78) to choose between "Linear", "Pressure Linearized" and "Height
Linearized".
Factory setting:
Level Easy Pressure For LEVEL SELECTION = "Level Easy Pressure" see Page 70, Table 8.
 For LEVEL SELECTION = "Level Easy Height" see Page 73, Table 9.
 For LEVEL SELECTION = "Level standard" see Page 77, Table 10.

Endress+Hauser

63Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 3: (GROUP SELECTION ) QUICK SETUP "Pressure"
Parameter name

Description

This menu displays the most important parameters for the "Pressure" measuring mode.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Pressure
POS. ZERO ADJUST (685)
Entry

Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure need not be known.
Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e.
for example, when the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does
not display zero.
Example:– MEASURED VALUE = 2.2 mbar (0.033 psi)
– Correct the MEASURED VALUE via the POS. ZERO ADJUST parameter with the"Confirm" option. This means that you are assigning the value 0.0 to the pressure
present.
– MEASURED VALUE (after pos. zero adjust) = 0.0 mbar
– The current value is also corrected.
The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset) bywhich the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
Prerequisite:• This parameter is displayed for Deltabar S, Cerabar S with gauge pressure sensor
and Deltapilot S.
Options:• Abort• Confirm
Factory setting:
Abort

POS. INPUT VALUE (563)
Entry

Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure need not be known. To correct the pressure difference, youneed a reference measurement value (e. g. from a reference device).
Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e.
for example, when the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does
not display zero or the desired value.
Example:– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 mbar (0.0075 psi)
– For the POS. INPUT VALUE parameter, specify the desired set point for the
MEASURED VALUE, e.g. 2 mbar.
(MEASURED VALUEnew = POS. INPUT VALUE)– MEASURED VALUE (after entry for POS. INPUT VALUE) = 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi)
– The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset)
by which the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
CALIB. OFFSET = MEASURED VALUE old – POS. INPUT VALUE,
here: CALIB. OFFSET = 0.5 mbar (0.0075 psi) – 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi) = – 1.5
mbar (0.0225 psi))– The current value is also corrected.
Prerequisite:• This parameter is displayed for Cerabar S with absolute pressure sensors.
Factory setting:
0.0

SET LRV (245)
Entry

Set lower range value – without reference pressure.
Enter pressure value for the lower current value (4 mA).
Factory setting:
0.0 or as per order specifications

SET URV (246)
Entry

Set upper range value – without reference pressure.
Enter pressure value for the upper current value (20 mA).
Factory setting:High sensor limit (see PRESS. SENS HILIM, Page 120) or as per orderspecifications

64

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 3: (GROUP SELECTION ) QUICK SETUP "Pressure"
Parameter name

Description

DAMPING VALUE (247)
EntryEnter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the onsite display, measured value and current output react to a change in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0...999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications

Table 4: (GROUP SELECTION )QUICK SETUP "Level"
Parameter name

Description

This menu displays the most important parameters for the "Level" measuring mode.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level
POS. ZERO ADJUST (685)
Entry

Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure need not be known.
Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e.
when the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display
zero.
Example:– MEASURED VALUE = 2.2 mbar (0.033 psi)
– Correct the MEASURED VALUE via the POS. ZERO ADJUST parameter with the"Confirm" option. This means that you are assigning the value 0.0 to the pressure
present.
– MEASURED VALUE (after pos. zero adjust) = 0.0 mbar
– The current value is also corrected.
The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset) bywhich the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
Prerequisite:• This parameter is displayed for Deltabar S, Cerabar S with gauge pressure sensor
and Deltapilot S.
Options:• Abort• Confirm
Factory setting:
0.0

POS. INPUT VALUE (563)
Entry

Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure need not be known. To correct the pressure difference, youneed a reference measurement value (e. g. from a reference device).
Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e.
when the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display
zero or the desired value.
Example:– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 mbar (0.0075 psi)
– For the POS. INPUT VALUE parameter, specify the desired set point for the
MEASURED VALUE, e.g. 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi).
(MEASURED VALUE new = POS. INPUT VALUE)– MEASURED VALUE (after entry for POS. INPUT VALUE) = 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi)
– The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset)
by which the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
CALIB. OFFSET = MEASURED VALUEold – POS. INPUT VALUE,
here: CALIB. OFFSET = 0.5 mbar (0.0075 psi) – 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi) = – 1.5
mbar (0.0225 psi))– The current value is also corrected.
Prerequisite:• This parameter is displayed for Cerabar S with absolute pressure sensors.
Factory setting:
0.0

Endress+Hauser

65Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 4: (GROUP SELECTION )QUICK SETUP "Level"
Parameter name

Description

EMPTY CALIB. (314)/
(010)
Entry

Enter level value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
The container is either empty or part full. By entering a value for this parameter,
you are assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device.
Prerequisite:• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Easy Pressure ( see also Page 63),
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet (see also Page 72)• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Standard ( see also Page),
LEVEL MODE = Linear ( see also Page 78),
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet (see also Page 82)
For this parameter, the on-site display shows the level value to be entered and thepressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together withthe pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the  or  key before confirming with the  key. This applies also
if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
0.0

FULL CALIB. (315)/(004)
EntryEnter level value for the upper calibration point (container full).
The container is either completely or almost full. By entering a value for thisparameter, you are assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device.
Prerequisite:• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Easy Pressure ( see also Page 63),
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet (see also Page 72)• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Standard,
LEVEL MODE = Linear ( see also Page 78),
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet (see also Page 82)
For this parameter, the on-site display shows the level value to be entered and thepressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together withthe pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the  or  key before confirming with the  key. This applies also
if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
100.0

DAMPING VALUE (247)
EntryEnter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the onsite display, measured value and current output react to a change in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0...999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications

Table 5: (GROUP SELECTION ) QUICK SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

This menu displays the most important parameters for the "Flow" measuring mode.
Prerequisite:• Deltabar S differential pressure transmitter• MEASURING MODE = Flow

66

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 5: (GROUP SELECTION ) QUICK SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

POS. ZERO ADJUST (685)
Entry

Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure need not be known. (A reference pressure is present at thedevice.)Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e.
when the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display
zero.
Example:– MEASURED VALUE = 2.2 mbar (0,033 psi)
– Correct the MEASURED VALUE via the POS. ZERO ADJUST parameter with the"Confirm" option. This means that you are assigning the value 0.0 to the pressure
present.
– MEASURED VALUE (after pos. zero adjust) = 0.0 mbar
– The current value is also corrected.
The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset) bywhich the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
Selection:• Abort• Confirm
Factory setting:
0.0

MAX. FLOW (311)
EntryEnter maximum flow of primary element.
See also layout sheet of primary element. The maximum flow is assigned to the
maximum pressure which you enter via MAX PRESS. FLOW.
Use the LINEAR/SQROOT parameter (Page 114) to specify the current signal for
the "Flow" measuring mode. The following applies for the "Flow (square root)"setting:
If you enter a new value for MAX. FLOW, the value for SET URV is also changed.
Use SET URV to assign a flow to the upper current value. If you want to assign theupper current value a value other than that for MAX. FLOW, you must enter thedesired value for SET URV. ( SET URV, Page 104).
Factory setting:
1.0

MAX PRESS. FLOW (634)
EntryEnter maximum pressure of primary element.
See layout sheet of primary element. This value is assigned to the maximum
flow value (see MAX. FLOW).
Use the LINEAR/SQROOT parameter (Page 114) to specify the current signal for
the "Flow" measuring mode. The following applies for the "Differential pres." setting:If you enter a new value for MAX PRESS. FLOW, the value for SET URV is alsochanged. Use SET URV to assign a pressure value to the upper current value. If you
want to assign the upper current value a value other than that for MAX PRESS.
FLOW, you must enter the desired value for SET URV. ( SET URV, Page 104).
Factory setting:High sensor limit ( See PRESS. SENS HILIM, Page 120)

MIN. PRESS. FLOW
Display

Display of the pressure value at minimum flow rate (= 0).
Factory setting:0
Prerequisite:
Digital communication

DAMPING VALUE (247)
EntryEnter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the onsite display, measured value and current output react to a change in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0...999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications

Endress+Hauser

67Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 6: (GROUP SELECTION )OPERATING MENU SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT
Parameter name

Description

Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when the container is empty,
the measured value does not display zero. Deltabar S and Cerabar S offer three different ways of performing a
position adjustment.
Recommendation:• The pressure difference between zero (set point) and the measured pressure need not be known.
– POS. ZERO ADJUST: Deltabar S or Cerabar S with gauge pressure sensor or Deltapilot S.
– POS. INPUT VALUE: Cerabar S with absolute pressure sensor.
• The pressure difference between zero (set point) and the measured pressure is known.
– CALIB. OFFSET: Deltabar S, Cerabar S with gauge pressure sensor, Cerabar S with absolute pressure sensor
or Deltapilot S.
POS. ZERO ADJUST (685)
Entry

Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure need not be known.
Example:– MEASURED VALUE = 2.2 mbar (0.033 psi)
– Correct the MEASURED VALUE via the POS. ZERO ADJUST parameter with the"Confirm" option. This means that you are assigning the value 0.0 to the pressure
present.
– MEASURED VALUE (after pos. zero adjust) = 0.0 mbar
– The current value is also corrected.
The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset) bywhich the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
Selection:• Abort• Confirm
Factory setting:
0.0

POS. INPUT VALUE (563)
Entry

Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure need not be known. To correct the pressure difference, youneed a reference measurement value (e. g. from a reference device).
Example:– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 mbar (0.0075 psi)
– For the POS. INPUT VALUE parameter, specify the desired set point for the
MEASURED VALUE, e.g. 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi).
(MEASURED VALUEnew = POS. INPUT VALUE)– MEASURED VALUE (after entry for POS. INPUT VALUE) = 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi)
– The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset)
by which the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
CALIB. OFFSET = MEASURED VALUEold – POS. INPUT VALUE,
here: CALIB. OFFSET = 0.5 mbar (0.0075 psi) – 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi) = – 1.5
mbar (0.0225 psi))– The current value is also corrected.
Factory setting:
0.0

CALIB. OFFSET (319)
Entry

Position adjustment - the pressure difference between zero (set point) and themeasured pressure is known.
Example:– MEASURED VALUE = 2.2 mbar (0.033 psi)
– Via the CALIB. OFFSET parameter, enter the value by which the MEASUREDVALUE should be corrected. To correct the MEASURED VALUE to 0.0 mbar, youmust enter the value 2.2 here.
(MEASURED VALUEnew = MEASURED VALUEold – CALIB. OFFSET)– MEASURED VALUE (after entry for calib. offset) = 0.0 mbar
– The current value is also corrected.
Factory setting:
0.0

68

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 7: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Pressure"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Pressure
PRESS. ENG. UNIT (060)
Selection

Select pressure unit.
If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted
and displayed with the new unit.
Options:• mbar, bar• mmH2O, mH2O, inH2O, ftH2O 1)• Pa, hPa, kPa, MPa• psi• mmHg, inHg 2)• Torr• g/cm2, kg/cm2• lb/ft2• atm• gf/cm2, kgf/cm2• User unit, See also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
P and CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
1) The conversion factor of the pressure units refers to a reference temperature of
4 °C (39.2 °F).
2) The conversion factor of the pressure units refers to a reference temperature of
0 °C (32 °F).
Factory setting:
Depends on the sensor nominal measuring range mbar or bar or as per orderspecifications

CUSTOMER UNIT P (075)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific pressure unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT P parameter. The measured value is displayed with theadditional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. P (317)
EntryEnter conversion factor for a customer-specific pressure unit.
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "Pa". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT P.
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE =10000 Pa  1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT P: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. P: 0.0001– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

SET LRV (245)
Entry

Set lower range value – without reference pressure.
Enter pressure value for the lower current value (4 mA).
Factory setting:
0.0 or as per order specifications

Endress+Hauser

69Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 7: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Pressure"
Parameter name

Description

SET URV (246)
Entry

Set upper range value – without reference pressure.
Enter pressure value for the upper current value (20 mA).
Factory setting:High sensor limit ( See PRESS. SENS HILIM, Page 120)

GET LRV (309)
Entry

Set lower range value – reference pressure is present at device.
The pressure for the lower current value (4 mA) is present at device. With the"Confirm" option, you assign the lower current value to the pressure value present.
On-site display: the pressure value present is displayed in the bottom line.
Options:• Abort• Confirm

GET URV (310)
Entry

Set upper range value – reference pressure is present at device.
The pressure for the upper current value (20 mA) is present at device. With the"Confirm" option, you assign the upper current value to the pressure value present.
On-site display: the pressure value present is displayed in the bottom line.
Options:• Abort• Confirm

DAMPING VALUE (247)
EntryEnter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the onsite display, measured value and current output react to a change in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0...999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications

Table 8: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Pressure"
The following parameters are displayed if you have selected the "Level Easy Pressure" option for the LEVEL
SELECTION parameter. Specify two pressure-level value pairs for this level mode. Two calibration modes, "Wet"and "Dry", are available.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Easy Pressure
PRESS. ENG. UNIT (060)
Selection

Select pressure unit.
If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted
and displayed with the new unit.
Options:• mbar, bar• mmH2O, mH2O, inH2O, ftH2O 1)• Pa, hPa, kPa, MPa• psi• mmHg, inHg 2)• Torr• g/cm2, kg/cm2• lb/ft2• atm• gf/cm2, kgf/cm2• User unit, See also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
P and CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
1) The conversion factor of the pressure units refers to a reference temperature of
4 °C (39.2 °F).
2) The conversion factor of the pressure units refers to a reference temperature of
0 °C (32 °F).
Factory setting:
Depends on the sensor nominal measuring range mbar or bar or as per orderspecifications

70

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 8: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Pressure"
CUSTOMER UNIT P (075)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific pressure unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT P parameter. The measured value is displayed with theadditional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. P (317)
EntryEnter conversion factor for a customer-specific pressure unit.
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "Pa". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT P.
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE =10000 Pa  1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT P: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. P: 0.0001– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

OUTPUT UNIT (023)
Selection

Select unit for measured value display and MEASURED VALUE parameter ( Page
121).
The selected unit is used only to describe the measured value. This means thatwhen selecting a new output unit, the measured value is not converted.
Example:• current measured value: 0.3 ft• new output unit: m• new measured value: 0.3 m (0.98 ft)
Options• %• mm, cm, dm, m• ft, inch
• cm3, dm3, m3,m3 E3• l, hl• ft3, ft3 E3• gal, bbl, Igal
• g, kg, t• lb, ton, oz
Factory setting:%Endress+Hauser

71Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 8: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Pressure"
CALIBRATION MODE
(008)
Selection

Select calibration mode.
Options:• Wet
Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. In the case of
two different levels, the level, volume, mass or percentage value entered is
assigned to the pressure measured at this point in time. ( See also this table,parameter descriptions for EMPTY CALIB. and FULL CALIB.)• Dry
Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration. For this calibration, specify twopressure-level value pairs via the following parameters: EMPTY CALIB., EMPTYPRESSURE, FULL CALIB. and FULL PRESSURE.
Factory setting:
Wet

EMPTY CALIB. (010)
EntryEnter level, volume, mass or percentage value for the lower calibration point(container empty).
The container is either empty or part full. By entering a value for this parameter,
you assign a level, volume, mass or percentage value to the pressure present at thedevice. The unit is selected via the OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 71).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
For this parameter, the on-site display shows the level value to be entered and thepressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together withthe pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the  or  key before confirming with the  key. This applies also
if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
0.0

FULL CALIB. (004)
EntryEnter height, volume or mass value for the upper calibration point (container full).
The container is either completely or almost full. By entering a value for thisparameter, you assign a height, volume or mass value to the pressure present at
the device. The unit is selected via the OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 71).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
For this parameter, the on-site display shows the level value to be entered and thepressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together withthe pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the  or  key before confirming with the  key. This applies also
if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
100.0

EMPTY CALIB. (010)
EntryEnter level, volume, mass or percentage value for the lower calibration point(container empty).
The values entered for the EMPTY CALIB. and EMPTY PRESSURE parameters form
the pressure-level value pair for the lower calibration point. The unit is selected via
the OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 71).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
0.0

EMPTY PRESSURE (011)
EntryEnter pressure value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
See also EMPTY CALIB.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
0.0

72

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 8: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Pressure"
FULL CALIB. (004)
EntryEnter height, volume, mass or percentage value for the upper calibration point(container full).
The values entered for the FULL CALIB. and FULL PRESSURE parameters form thepressure-level value pair for the upper calibration point. The unit is selected via the
OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 71).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
100.0

FULL PRESSURE (005)
EntryEnter pressure value for the upper calibration point (container full).
See also FULL CALIB.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
100.0

SET LRV (013)
EntryEnter value for the lower current value (4 mA). The unit is selected via the OUTPUT
UNIT parameter ( Page 71).
Factory setting:
0.0

SET URV (012)
EntryEnter value for the upper current value (20 mA). The unit is selected via the
OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 71).
Factory setting:
100.0

DAMPING VALUE (247)
EntryEnter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the onsite display, measured value and current output react to a change in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications

Table 9: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Height"
The following parameters are displayed if you have selected the "Level Easy Height" option for the LEVEL
SELECTION parameter. For this level mode, specify a height unit, density and two height-level value pairs. The
pressure measured value is converted to a height value using the density entered and the height. Two calibration
modes, "Wet" and "Dry", are available.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Easy Height

Endress+Hauser

73Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 9: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Height"
PRESS. ENG. UNIT (060)
Options

Select pressure unit.
If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted
and displayed with the new unit.
Options:• mbar, bar• mmH2O, mH2O, inH2O, ftH2O 1)• Pa, hPa, kPa, MPa• psi• mmHg, inHg 2)• Torr• g/cm2, kg/cm2• lb/ft2• atm• gf/cm2, kgf/cm2• User unit, See also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
P and CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
1) The conversion factor of the pressure units refers to a reference temperature of
4 °C (39.2 °F).
2) The conversion factor of the pressure units refers to a reference temperature of
0 °C (32 °F).
Factory setting:
Depends on the sensor nominal measuring range mbar or bar or as per orderspecifications

CUSTOMER UNIT P (075)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customised pressure unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customised unit is displayed only in the
CUSTOMER UNIT P parameter. The measured value is displayed with theadditional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. P (317)
EntryEnter conversion factor for a customer-specific pressure unit.
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "Pa". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT P.
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE =10000 Pa  1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT P: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. P: 0.0001– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

74

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 9: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Height"
OUTPUT UNIT (023)
Options

Select unit for measured value display and MEASURED VALUE parameter ( Page
121).
The selected unit is used only to describe the measured value. This means thatwhen selecting a new output unit, the measured value is not converted.
Example:• current measured value: 0.3 ft• new output unit: m• new measured value: 0.3 m (0.98 ft)
Options:• %• mm, cm, dm, m• ft, inch
• cm3, dm3, m3,m3 E3• l, hl• ft3, ft3 E3• gal, bbl, Igal
• g, kg, t• lb, ton, oz
Factory setting:%

HEIGHT UNIT (003)
Options

Select height unit. The measured pressure is converted to the chosen height unit
using the DENSITY UNIT and ADJUST DENSITY parameters.
Options:
• mm
• cm
• dm
• m
• inch• ft
Factory setting:m

CALIBRATION MODE
(008)
Options

Select calibration mode.
Options:• Wet
Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. The measured
pressure is converted to the chosen height unit using the HEIGHT UNIT,DENSITY UNIT and ADJUST DENSITY parameters. In the case of two different
levels, the level, volume, mass or percentage value entered is assigned to theconverted height value.
• Dry
Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration. For this calibration, specify twoheight-level value pairs via the EMPTY CALIB., EMPTY HEIGHT, FULL CALIB.
and FULL HEIGHT parameters.
Factory setting:Dry

DENSITY UNIT (001)
Options

Select density unit. The measured pressure is converted to a height using theHEIGHT UNIT, DENSITY UNIT and ADJUST DENSITY parameters.
Options:• g/cm3• kg/dm3• kg/m3• US lb/in3• US lb/ft3
Factory setting:kg/dm3

ADJUST DENSITY (007)
Entry

Enter density of fluid. The measured pressure is converted to a height using theHEIGHT UNIT, DENSITY UNIT and ADJUST DENSITY parameters.
Factory setting:
1.0

Endress+Hauser

75Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 9: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Height"
EMPTY CALIB. (010)
EntryEnter level, volume, mass or percentage value for the lower calibration point(container empty).
The container is either empty or part full. The measured pressure is converted to aheight value using the HEIGHT UNIT, DENSITY UNIT and ADJUST DENSITY
parameters and displayed. Using the parameter EMPTY CALIB., you assign a level,
volume, mass or percentage value to the height value. The unit is selected via the
OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 75).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
For this parameter, the on-site display shows the level value to be entered and thepressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together withthe pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the  or  key before confirming with the  key. This applies also
if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
0.0

FULL CALIB. (004)
EntryEnter level, volume, mass or percentage value for the upper calibration point(container full).
The container is either completely or almost full. Using the parameters HEIGHTUNIT, DENSITY UNIT and ADJUST DENSITY, the measured pressure is converted toa height value and displayed. Using the parameter FULL CALIB., you assign a level,
volume, mass or percentage value to the height value. The unit is selected via the
OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 75).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
For this parameter, the on-site display shows the level value to be entered and thepressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together withthe pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the  or  key before confirming with the  key. This applies also
if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
100.0

EMPTY CALIB. (010)
EntryEnter level, volume, mass or percentage value for the lower calibration point(container empty).
The values entered for the EMPTY CALIB. and EMPTY HEIGHT parameters form
the height-level value pair for the lower calibration point. The unit is selected via
the OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 75).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
0.0

EMPTY HEIGHT (009)
Entry

Height value for the lower calibration point (container empty). The unit is selected
via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter ( Page 75).
See also EMPTY CALIB.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:Upper range limit (URL) coverted to an height unit

FULL CALIB. (004)
EntryEnter level, volume, mass or percentage value for the upper calibration point(container full).
The values entered for the FULL CALIB. and FULL HEIGHT parameters form theheight-level value pair for the upper calibration point. The unit is selected via the
OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 75).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
100.0

76

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 9: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Height"
FULL HEIGHT (006)
EntryEnter height value for the upper calibration point (container full). The unit isselected via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter ( Page 75).
See also FULL CALIB.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
0.0

SET LRV (013)
EntryEnter level, volume, mass or percentage value for the lower current value (4 mA).
The unit is selected via the OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 75).
Factory setting:
0.0

SET URV (012)
EntryEnter level, volume, mass or percentage value for the upper current value (20 mA).
The unit is selected via the OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 75).
Factory setting:
100.0

DAMPING VALUE (247)
EntryEnter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the onsite display, measured value and current output react to a change in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications

Table 10: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level"
LEVEL SELECTION "Level Standard"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = level• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Standard
PRESS. ENG. UNIT (060)
Selection

Select pressure unit.
If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted
and displayed with the new unit.
Options:• mbar, bar• mmH2O, mH2O, inH2O, ftH2O 1)• Pa, hPa, kPa, MPa• psi• mmHg, inHg 2)• Torr• g/cm2, kg/cm2• lb/ft2• atm• gf/cm2, kgf/cm2• User unit, See also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
P and CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
1) The conversion factor of the pressure units refers to a reference temperature of
4 °C (39.2 °F).
2) The conversion factor of the pressure units refers to a reference temperature of
0 °C (32 °F).
Factory setting:
Depends on the sensor nominal measuring range mbar or bar or as per orderspecifications

Endress+Hauser

77Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 10: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level"
LEVEL SELECTION "Level Standard"
Parameter name

Description

CUSTOMER UNIT P (075)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific pressure unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT P parameter. The measured value is displayed with theadditional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. P (317)
EntryEnter conversion factor for a customer-specific pressure unit.
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "Pa". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT P.
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE =10000 Pa  1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT P: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. P: 0.0001– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

LEVEL MODE (718)
Selection

Select level type.
Options:• Linear: the measured variable (level, volume, mass or %) is in direct proportion
to the measured pressure.  See also Page 79 ff, Table 9.
• Pressure Linearized: the measured variable (volume, mass or %) is not in direct
proportion to the measured pressure such as in the case of containers with aconical outlet. For the calibration, enter a linearisation table with at least 2 andnot more than 32 points.  See also Page 87 ff, Table 10.
• Height Linearized: select this level type if you require two measured variables orif the container shape is given with value pairs, e.g. height and volume.
The following combinations are possible:– Height + Volume– Height + Mass
– Height + %– %-Height + Volume– %-Height + Mass
– %-Height + %Perform two calibrations for this level type. First for the measured variableheight or %-height like for the "Linear" option and then for the measured
variable volume, mass or % like for the "Pressure Linearized" option.  See also
Page 89 ff, Table 11.
Factory setting:LinearFor LEVEL MODE = Linear, see Page 79, Table 9.
For LEVEL MODE = Pressure Linearized, see Page 87, Table 10.
For LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized, see Page 89, Table 11.

78

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 11: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Linear"
Parameter name

Description

The following parameters are displayed if you selected the "Linear" option for the LEVEL MODE parameter. For
this level type, the measured variable (level, volume, mass or %) is in direct proportion to the measured pressure.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level .
• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Standard• LEVEL MODE = Linear
LIN. MEASURAND (804)Selection

Select measured variable.
Options:• Level• Volume• Mass• % (Level)
Factory setting:% (Level)

HEIGHT UNIT (708)
Selection

Select level unit.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Level
Options:
• mm
• cm
• dm
• m
• inch• ft• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
H and CUST. UNIT FACT. H.
Factory setting:m

CUSTOMER UNIT H (706)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific level unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also CUST. UNIT FACT. H.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Level, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT H parameter. The measured value is displayed with theadditional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:________

Endress+Hauser

79Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 11: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Linear"
Parameter name

Description

CUST. UNIT FACT. H (705) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific level unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m".
See also CUSTOMER UNIT H.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Level, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 m (1.6 ft)  1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT H: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. H: 2
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0
UNIT VOLUME (313)
Selection

Select volume unit.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume
Options:
• l
• hl
• cm3
• dm3
• m3
• m3 E3• ft• ft3 E3
• gal
• Igal• bbl• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
V and CUST. UNIT FACT. V.
Factory setting:m3

CUSTOMER UNIT V (608)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific volume unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also CUST. UNIT FACT. V
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, UNIT VOLUME = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT H parameter. The measured value is displayed with theadditional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:________

80

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 11: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Linear"
Parameter name

Description

CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific volume unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m3".
See also CUSTOMER UNIT V.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, UNIT VOLUME = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.01 m3  1 bucket– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT V: bucket– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. V: 100– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0
MASS UNIT (709)
Selection

Select mass unit.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass
Options:
• g
• kg
• t
• oz
• lb
• ton
• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
M and CUST. UNIT FACT. M.
Factory setting:kg

CUSTOMER UNIT M (704)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific mass unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also CUST. UNIT FACT. M.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass, MASS UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT M parameter. The measured value is displayed with theadditional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:________

Endress+Hauser

81Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 11: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Linear"
Parameter name

Description

CUST. UNIT FACT. M (703) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific mass unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "kg".
See also CUSTOMER UNIT M.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass, MASS UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 10 kg  1 bucket– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT M: bucket– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. M: 0.1– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0
CALIBRATION MODE
(392)
Selection

Select calibration mode.
Options:• Wet
Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. Thiscalibration mode requires two pressure-level value pairs to be entered. In thecase of two different levels, the level value is entered and the pressure measured
at this moment is assigned to the level value. See also the following
parameter description for EMPTY CALIB., EMPTY PRESSURE, FULL CALIB. and
FULL PRESSURE.
• Dry
Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration which you can carry out even if thedevice is not mounted or the container is empty.
– For the "Level" measured variable, the density of the fluid (see Page 83,
ADJUST DENSITY) must be entered.
– For the "Volume" measured variable, the density of the fluid and the tankvolume and tank height must be entered (see Page 83, ADJUST DENSITY,TANK VOLUME and TANK HEIGHT).
– For the "Mass" measured variable, the tank volume and the tank height must
be entered (see Page 84, TANK VOLUME and TANK HEIGHT). The density
must also be entered in the case of a zero point shift (level offset) (see Page
83, ADJUST DENSITY).
– For the "%" measured variable, the density of the fluid must be entered and alevel assigned to the 100 % point (see Page 83 and 86, ADJUST DENSITY
and 100% POINT).
If the measurement should not start at the mounting location of the device, alevel offset must be entered (see Page 86, ZERO POSITION).
LIN. MEASURAND: "% (Level)", "Mass" and "Volume":
If the change to dry calibration is made after a wet calibration, the density must beentered correctly using the ADJUST DENSITY and DENSITY PROCESS parameter
before changing the calibration mode. See also Page 101.
Factory setting:
Wet

EMPTY CALIB. (314)
EntryEnter level value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
The container is either empty or part full. By entering a value for this parameter,
you are assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device. See also
EMPTY PRESSURE.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
For this parameter, the on-site display shows the level value to be entered and thepressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together withthe pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the  or  key before confirming with the  key. This applies also
if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
0.0

82

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 11: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Linear"
Parameter name

Description

EMPTY PRESSURE (710)
Display

Displays the pressure value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
See also EMPTY CALIB.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
Factory setting:
0.0

FULL CALIB. (315)
Entry

Enter level value for the upper calibration point (container full).
The container is either completely or almost full. By entering a value for thisparameter, you are assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device. 
See also FULL PRESSURE.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
For this parameter, the on-site display shows the level value to be entered and thepressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together withthe pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the  or  key before confirming with the  key. This applies also
if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
100.0

FULL PRESSURE (711)
Display

Displays the pressure value for the upper calibration point (container full).
See also FULL CALIB.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
Factory setting:High sensor limit ( see PRESS. SENS HILIM, Page 120)

ADJUSTED DENSITY (810)Display

Displays the density calculated from the upper and lower level point.

DENSITY UNIT (812)
Selection

Select density unit.

Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet, LIN. MEASURAND = Level

Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Level, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• LIN. MEASURAND = % (Level), CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Options:• g/cm3• kg/dm3• kg/m3• US lb/in3• US lb/ft3
Factory setting:kg/dm3

ADJUST DENSITY (316)
EntryEnter density of fluid.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
1.0 (kg/dm)Endress+Hauser

83Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 11: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Linear"
Parameter name

Description

UNIT VOLUME (313)
Selection

Select volume unit.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume
Options:
• l
• hl
• cm3
• dm3
• m3
• m3 E3• ft• ft3 E3
• gal
• Igal• bbl• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
V and CUST. UNIT FACT. V.
Factory setting:m3

CUSTOMER UNIT V (608)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific volume unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also CUST. UNIT FACT. V
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, UNIT VOLUME = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT H parameter. The measured value is displayed with theadditional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific volume unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m3".
See also CUSTOMER UNIT V.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, UNIT VOLUME = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.01 m3  1 bucket– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT V: bucket– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. V: 100– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0
TANK VOLUME (858)
EntryEnter tank volume.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
1.0 m384

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 11: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Linear"
Parameter name

Description

HEIGHT UNIT (708)
Selection

Select level unit.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = % (Level), CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Options:
• mm
• dm
• cm
• m
• inch• ft• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
H and CUST. UNIT FACT. H.
Factory setting:m

CUSTOMER UNIT H (706)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific level unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also CUST. UNIT FACT. H.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = % (Level), CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT H parameter. The measured value is displayed with theadditional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. H (705) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific level unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m".
See also CUSTOMER UNIT H.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = % (Level), CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 m (1.6 ft)  1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT H: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. H: 2
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0
TANK HEIGHT (859)
EntryEnter tank height.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
1.0 m

Endress+Hauser

85Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 11: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Linear"
Parameter name

Description

100% POINT (813)
EntryEnter level value for 100% point.
Prerequisite:• LIN. MEASURAND = % (Level), CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Example:– The 100 %-point should correspond to 4 m (13 ft).
– Select the "m" unit via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter.
– Enter the value "4" for this parameter (100% POINT).
Factory setting:
1.0

ZERO POSITION (814)
EntryEnter value for level offset.
If the measurement should not start at the mounting location of the device, e.g. forcontainers with a sump, carry out zero point shift (level offset).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
0.0

➀
➁

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-001

Fig. 21:
1
2

Zero point shift
Device is mounted above the level lower range value: a positive value has to be enteredfor ZERO POSITION.
Device is mounted below the level lower range value: a negative value has to be enteredfor ZERO POSITION.

SET LRV (719)
EntryEnter level value for the lower current value (4 mA).

SET URV (720)
Entry

Enter level value for the upper current value (20 mA).

DAMPING VALUE (247)
EntryEnter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the onsite display, measured value and current output react to a change in the pressure.

Factory setting:
0.0

Factory setting:
100.0

Input range:
0.0...999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications

86

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 12: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Pressure Linearized"
Parameter name

Description

The following parameters are displayed if you selected the "Pressure Linearized" option for the LEVEL MODE
parameter. For this level type, the measured variable (volume, mass or %) is not in direct proportion to themeasured pressure. For the calibration, enter a linearisation table with at least 2 and not more than 32 points.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Standard• LEVEL MODE = Pressure Linearized
LINd. MEASURAND (805)Selection

Select measured variable.
Options:• Pressure and Volume• Pressure and Mass
• Pressure and %Factory setting:Pressure and %UNIT VOLUME (313)
Selection

Select volume unit.
Prerequisite:• LINd. MEASURAND = Pressure and Volume
Options:
• l
• hl
• cm3
• dm3
• m3
• m3 E3• ft• ft3 E3
• gal
• Igal• bbl• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
V and CUST. UNIT FACT. V.
Factory setting:m3

CUSTOMER UNIT V (608)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific volume unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. V
Prerequisite:• LINd. MEASURAND = Pressure and Volume,
UNIT VOLUME = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT V parameter. The measured value is displayed with theadditional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:________

Endress+Hauser

87Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 12: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Pressure Linearized"
Parameter name

Description

CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific volume unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m3". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT V.
Prerequisite:• LINd. MEASURAND = Pressure and Volume,
UNIT VOLUME = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.01 m3  1 bucket– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT V: bucket– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. V: 100– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0
MASS UNIT (709)
Selection

Select mass unit.
Prerequisite:• LINd. MEASURAND = Pressure and Mass
Options:
• g
• kg
• t
• oz
• lb
• ton
• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
M and CUST. UNIT FACT. M.
Factory setting:kg

CUSTOMER UNIT M (704)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific mass unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. M.
Prerequisite:• LINd. MEASURAND = Pressure and Mass,
MASS UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT M parameter. The measured value is displayed with theadditional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:________

88

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 12: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Pressure Linearized"
Parameter name

Description

CUST. UNIT FACT. M (703) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific mass unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "kg". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT M.
Prerequisite:• LINd. MEASURAND = Pressure and Mass,
MASS UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 10 kg  1 bucket– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT M: bucket– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. M: 0.1– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0
HYDR. PRESS MIN. (775)
EntryEnter the minimum hydrostatic pressure to be expected.
The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the minimum hydrostaticpressure to be expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
Factory setting:
0.0

HYDR. PRESS MAX. (761)
EntryEnter the maximum hydrostatic pressure to be expected.
The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the maximum hydrostaticpressure to be expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
Factory setting:High sensor limit ( See PRESS. SENS HILIM, Page 120)

DAMPING VALUE (247)
EntryEnter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the onsite display, measured value and current output react to a change in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0...999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications

Table 13: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized"
Parameter name

Description

The following parameters are displayed if you selected the "Height Linearized" option for the LEVEL MODE
parameter.
Select this level type if you require two measured variables or if the container shape is given with value pairs, e.g.
height and volume.
The following combinations are possible:• Height + Volume• Height + Mass
• Height + %• %-Height + Volume• %-Height + Mass
• %-Height + %The 1st measured variable (%-Height or Height) must be in direct proportion to the measured pressure. The 2nd
measured variable (Volume, Mass or %) must not be in direct proportion. A linearisation table must be entered
for the 2nd measured variable. The 2nd measured variable is assigned to the 1st measured variable by means of
this table.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Standard• LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized

Endress+Hauser

89Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 13: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized"
Parameter name

Description

COMB. MEASURAND(806)
Selection

Select measured variable.
Options:• Height and Volume• Height and Mass
• Height and %• %-Height and Volume• %-Height and Mass
• %-Height and %Factory setting:%-Height and %HEIGHT UNIT (708)
Selection

Select level unit for the 1st measured variable.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Volume, Height and Mass or Height and %Options:
• mm
• dm
• cm
• m
• inch• ft• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
H and CUST. UNIT FACT. H.
Factory setting:m

CUSTOMER UNIT H (706)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific level unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. H.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Volume, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Mass, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and %, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT H parameter. The measured value is displayed with theadditional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. H (705) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific level unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT H.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Volume, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Mass, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and %, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 m (1,6 ft)  1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT H: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. H: 2
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

90

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 13: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized"
Parameter name

Description

UNIT VOLUME (313)
Selection

Select the volume unit for the 2nd measured value.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Volume or %-Height and Volume
Options:
• l
• hl
• cm3
• dm3
• m3
• m3 E3• ft• ft3 E3
• gal
• Igal• bbl• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
V and CUST. UNIT FACT. V.
Factory setting:m3

CUSTOMER UNIT V (608)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific volume unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. V
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Volume, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Volume,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT V parameter. The measured value is displayed with theadditional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific volume unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m3". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT V.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Volume, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Volume,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.01 m3  1 bucket– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT V: bucket– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. V: 100– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0

Endress+Hauser

91Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 13: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized"
Parameter name

Description

MASS UNIT (709)
Selection

Select the mass unit for the 2nd measured value.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Mass or %-Height and Mass
Options:
• g
• kg
• t
• oz
• lb
• ton
• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
M and CUST. UNIT FACT. M.
Factory setting:kg

CUSTOMER UNIT M (704)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific mass unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. M.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Mass, MASS UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Mass, MASS UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT M parameter. The measured value is displayed with theadditional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. M (703) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific mass unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "kg". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT M.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Mass, MASS UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Mass, MASS UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 10 kg  1 bucket– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT M: bucket– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. M: 0.1– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0

92

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 13: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized"
Parameter name

Description

LEVEL MIN (755)
EntryEnter the minimum level to be expected.
The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the minimum level to be
expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
• The following applies for the setting LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized" andASSIGN CURRENT "Linear":If you enter a new value for LEVEL MIN, the value for SET LRV is also changed.
Use SET LRV to assign a height to the lower current value. If you want to assign
the lower current value a value other than that for LEVEL MIN, you must enter
the desired value for SET LRV. (SET LRV, Page 102 and ASSIGN CURRENT,
Page 114)
Factory setting:
0.0

LEVEL MAX (712)
EntryEnter the maximum level to be expected.
The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the maximum level to be
expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
• The following applies for the setting LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized" andASSIGN CURRENT "Linear":If you enter a new value for LEVEL MAX, the value for SET URV is also changed.
Use SET URV to assign a height to the upper current value. If you want to assign
the upper current value a value other than that for LEVEL MAX, you must enter
the desired value for SET URV. (SET URV, Page 102 and ASSIGN CURRENT,
Page 114)
Factory setting:
100.0

CALIBRATION MODE
(392)
Selection

Select the calibration mode for the calibration of the 1st measured variable.
Options:• Wet
Wet calibration takes place by filling the container. This calibration mode
requires two pressure-level value pairs to be entered. In the case of two different
levels, the level value is entered and the pressure measured at this moment is
assigned to the level value.
See also the following parameter description for EMPTY CALIB., EMPTYPRESSURE, FULL CALIB. and FULL PRESSURE.
• Dry
Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration which you can carry out even if thedevice is not mounted or the container is empty.
– For the "Level" measured variable, the density of the fluid (see Page 94,
ADJUST DENSITY) must be entered.
– For the "%" measured variable, the density of the fluid must be entered and alevel assigned to the 100 % point (see Page 94, ADJUST DENSITY and100% POINT).
If the measurement should not start at the mounting location of the device, alevel offset must be entered (see Page 96, ZERO POSITION).
If the change to dry calibration is made after a wet calibration, the density must beentered correctly using the ADJUST DENSITY and DENSITY PROCESS parameter
before changing the calibration mode. See also Page 101.
Factory setting:
Wet

EMPTY CALIB. (314)
EntryEnter level value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
The container is either empty or part full. By entering a value for this parameter,
you are assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device. See also
EMPTY PRESSURE.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
Factory setting:
0.0

Endress+Hauser

93Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 13: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized"
Parameter name

Description

EMPTY PRESSURE (710)
Display

Displays the pressure value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
See also EMPTY CALIB.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet

FULL CALIB. (315)
Entry

Enter level value for the upper calibration point (container full).
The container is either completely or almost full. By entering a value for thisparameter, you are assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device. 
See also FULL PRESSURE.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
Factory setting:
100.0

FULL PRESSURE (711)
Display

Displays the pressure value for the upper calibration point (container full).
See also FULL CALIB.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
Factory setting:High sensor limit ( see PRESS. SENS HILIM, Page 120)

ADJUSTED DENSITY (810)Display

Displays the density calculated from the upper and lower level point.

DENSITY UNIT (812)
Selection

Select density unit.

Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Wet• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Wet• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and %, CALIBRATION MODE = Wet

Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and %, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and %, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Options:• g/cm3• kg/dm3• kg/m3• US lb/in3• US lb/ft3
Factory setting:kg/dm3

ADJUST DENSITY (316)
EntryEnter density of fluid.
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
1.0 (kg/dm)94

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 13: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized"
Parameter name

Description

HEIGHT UNIT (708)
Selection

Select level unit.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height + %, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Options:
• mm
• dm
• cm
• m
• inch• ft• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
H and CUST. UNIT FACT. H.
Factory setting:m

CUSTOMER UNIT H (706)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific level unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also CUST. UNIT FACT. H.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and %, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT H parameter. The measured value is displayed with theadditional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. H (705) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific level unit.
Entry
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT H.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and %, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 m (1.6 ft)  1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT H: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. H: 2
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

Endress+Hauser

95Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 13: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized"
Parameter name

Description

100% POINT (813)
EntryEnter level value for 100% point.
Prerequisite:• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height + %, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Example:– The 100 %-point should correspond to 4 m (13 ft).
– Select the "m" unit via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter.
– Enter the value "4" for this parameter (100% POINT).
Factory setting:
1.0

ZERO POSITION (814)
EntryEnter value for level offset.
If the measurement should not start at the mounting location of the device, e.g. forcontainers with a sump, carry out zero point shift (level offset).
Prerequisite:• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry➀➁

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-001

Fig. 22:
1
2

Zero point shift
Device is mounted above the level lower range value: a positive value has to be enteredfor ZERO POSITION.
Device is mounted below the level lower range value: a negative value has to be enteredfor ZERO POSITION.

Factory setting:
0.0
DAMPING VALUE (247)
EntryEnter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the onsite display, measured value and current output react to a change in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0...999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications

Table 14: (GROUP SELECTION )OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Flow

96

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 14: (GROUP SELECTION )OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

PRESS. ENG. UNIT (060)
Selection

Select pressure unit.
If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted
and displayed with the new unit.
Options:• mbar, bar• mmH2O, mH2O, inH2O, ftH2O 1)• Pa, hPa, kPa, MPa• psi• mmHg, inHg 2)• Torr• g/cm2, kg/cm2• lb/ft2• atm• gf/cm2, kgf/cm2• User unit, See also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
P and CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
1) The conversion factor of the pressure units refers to a reference temperature of
4 °C (39.2 °F).
2) The conversion factor of the pressure units refers to a reference temperature of
0 °C (32 °F).
Factory setting:
Depends on the sensor nominal measuring range mbar or bar or as per orderspecifications

CUSTOMER UNIT P (075)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific pressure unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT P parameter. The measured value is displayed with theadditional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:________
CUST. UNIT FACT. P (317)
EntryEnter conversion factor for a customer-specific pressure unit.
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "Pa". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT P.
Prerequisite:• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE =10000 Pa  1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT P: PU– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. P: 0.0001– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

Endress+Hauser

97Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 14: (GROUP SELECTION )OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

FLOW-MEAS. TYPE (640)
Selection

Select the flow type.
Options:• Volume p. cond. (volume under operating conditions)• Vol. norm. cond. (norm volume under norm conditions in Europe: 1013.25 mbar
and 273.15 K (0°C))• Vol. std. cond. (standard volume under standard conditions in USA: 1013.25
mbar (14.7 psi) and 288.15 K (15°C/59°F))• Mass (mass under operating conditions)
Factory setting:
Volume p. cond.

UNIT FLOW (391)
Selection

Select volume flow unit.
When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted anddisplayed with the new unit within a flow mode (FLOW-MEAS. TYPE). When theflow mode is changed, conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:• FLOW-MEAS. TYPE = Volume p. cond.
Options:• m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/day• l/s, l/min, l/h• hl/s, hl/min, hl/day• ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/day• ACFS, ACFM, ACFH, ACFD
• ozf/s, ozf/min• US Gal/s, US Gal/min, US Gal/h, US Gal/day• Imp. Gal/s, Imp. Gal/min, Imp. Gal/h• bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/day• User unit, see also this table, parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT F
and CUST. UNIT FACT. F
Factory setting:m3/s

NORM FLOW UNIT (661)
Selection

Select norm volume flow unit.
When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted anddisplayed with the new unit within a flow mode (FLOW-MEAS. TYPE). When theflow mode is changed, conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:• FLOW-MEAS. TYPE = Vol. norm conditions
Options:• Nm3/s, Nm3/min, Nm3/h, Nm3/day• User unit, see also this table, parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT F
and CUST. UNIT FACT. F
Factory setting:
Nm3/s

STD. FLOW UNIT (660)
Selection

Select standard volume flow unit.
When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted anddisplayed with the new unit within a flow mode (FLOW-MEAS. TYPE). When theflow mode is changed, conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:• FLOW-MEAS. TYPE = Vol. std. conditions
Options:• Sm3/s, Sm3/min, Sm3/h, Sm3/day• SCFS, SCFM, SCFH, SCFD
• User unit, see also this table, parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT F
and CUST. UNIT FACT. F
Factory setting:
Sm3/s

98

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 14: (GROUP SELECTION )OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

MASS FLOW UNIT (571)
Selection

Select mass flow unit.
When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted anddisplayed with the new unit within a flow mode (FLOW-MEAS. TYPE). When theflow mode is changed, conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:• FLOW-MEAS. TYPE = Mass
Options:• g/s, kg/s, kg/min, kg/min, kg/h
• t/s, t/min, t/h, t/day• oz/s, oz/min• lb/s, lb/min, lb/h
• ton/s, ton/min, ton/h, ton/day• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
F and CUST. UNIT FACT. F
Factory setting:kg/s

CUSTOMER UNIT F (610)
Entry

Enter text (unit) for customer-specific flow unit.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. F.
Prerequisite:• UNIT FLOW = User unit
• NORM FLOW UNIT = User unit
• STD. FLOW UNIT = User unit
• MASS FLOW UNIT = User unit
Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT F parameter. The measured value is displayed with theadditional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:________

CUST. UNIT FACT. F (609)
EntryEnter conversion factor for a customer-specific flow unit. The conversion factor
must be entered in relation to an appropriate SI unit, e.g. m3/s for the "Volume p.
cond." flow mode.  See also CUSTOMER UNIT F.
Prerequisite:• UNIT FLOW = User unit
• NORM FLOW UNIT = User unit
• STD. FLOW UNIT = User unit
• MASS FLOW UNIT = User unit
Example:– You want the measured value to be displayed in "bucket/h".
– MEASURED VALUE =0.01 m3/s  3600 bucket/h– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT F: bucket/h– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. F: 360000– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 3600 bucket/hFactory setting:
1.0

Endress+Hauser

99Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 14: (GROUP SELECTION )OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

MAX. FLOW (311)
EntryEnter maximum flow of primary element.
See also layout sheet of primary element. The maximum flow is assigned to the
maximum pressure which you enter via MAX PRESS. FLOW.
Use the LINEAR/SQROOT parameter (Page 114) to specify the current signal for
the "Flow" measuring mode. The following applies for the "Flow (square root)"setting:
If you enter a new value for MAX. FLOW, the value for SET URV is also changed.
Use SET URV to assign a flow to the upper current value. If you want to assign theupper current value a value other than that for MAX. FLOW, you must enter thedesired value for SET URV. ( SET URV, Page 104).
Factory setting:
1.0

MAX PRESS. FLOW (634)
EntryEnter maximum pressure of primary element.
See layout sheet of primary element. This value is assigned to the maximum
flow value (see MAX. FLOW).
Use the LINEAR/SQROOT parameter (Page 114) to specify the current signal for
the "Flow" measuring mode. The following applies for the "Differential pres." setting:If you enter a new value for MAX PRESS. FLOW, the value for SET URV is alsochanged. Use SET URV to assign a pressure value to the upper current value. If you
want to assign the upper current value a value other than that for MAX PRESS.
FLOW, you must enter the desired value for SET URV. ( SET URV, Page 104).
Factory setting:High sensor limit ( see PRESS. SENS HILIM, Page 120)

DAMPING VALUE (247)
EntryEnter damping time (time constant ).
The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the onsite display, measured value and current output react to a change in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0...999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications

Table 15: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Pressure"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Pressure
TEMP. ENG. UNIT (318)Selection

Select the unit for the temperature measured values.
See also PCB TEMPERATURE (Page 117) and SENSOR TEMP. (Page 121).
Options:
• °C
• °F
• K
• R
Factory setting:°C

Table 16: (GROUP SELECTION )OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Level"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level

100

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 16: (GROUP SELECTION )OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Level"
Parameter name

Description

TEMP. ENG. UNIT (318)Selection

Select the unit for the temperature measured values.
See also PCB TEMPERATURE (Page 117) and SENSOR TEMP. (Page 122).
Options:
• °C
• °F
• K
• R
Factory setting:°C

DENSITY UNIT (001)/(812)
Options

Select density unit.
Options:• g/cm3• kg/dm3• kg/m3• US lb/in3• US lb/ft3
Factory setting:kg/dm3

ADJUST DENSITY(007)/(316)
EntryEnter density of fluid.
!

CAUTION

Note Dependencies when setting parameters!
LIN. MEASURAND: "% (Level)", "Mass" and "Volume" and MEASUAND KOMB.:
If a change to dry calibration is made after a wet calibration using the
CALIBRATION MODE parameter ( Page 82 or 93), the density for thisparameter must be entered correctly before changing the calibration mode.
In the event that the pressure falls with increasing levels (LIN. MEASURED:
Volume), such as in the case of a residual volume measurement, a negativevalue shall be entered for this parameter.

‣‣

Factory setting:
1.0 (kg/dm)PROCESS DENSITY(025)/(811)
EntryEnter a new density value for density correction.
The calibration was carried out with the medium water, for example. Now thecontainer is to be used for another fluid with another density. The calibration iscorrected appropriately by entering the new density value in the PROCESS DENSITY
parameter.
LIN. MEASURAND: "% (Level)", "Mass" and "Volume" and MEASUAND KOMB.:
If a change to dry calibration is made after a wet calibration using the
CALIBRATION MODE parameter ( Page 82 or 93), the density for this parametermust be entered correctly before changing the calibration mode. In the event thatthe pressure falls with increasing levels (LIN. MEASURED: Volume), such as in thecase of a residual volume measurement, a negative value shall be entered for thisparameter.
Factory setting:
1.0

Endress+Hauser

101Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 16: (GROUP SELECTION )OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Level"
Parameter name

Description

SET LRV (762)
EntryEnter value for the lower current value (4 mA).
Prerequisite:• LEVEL MODE = Pressure Linearized or Height Linearized• For the LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized", you can use the ASSIGN CURRENT
parameter ( Page 114) to specify whether the current output should depict the
1st or 2nd measured variable (height or tank content). Depending on the settingof the ASSIGN CURRENT parameter, enter the following value for SET LRV:– ASSIGN CURRENT = tank content (factory setting) %- value, volume value
or mass value– ASSIGN CURRENT = height level value
The following applies for the LEVEL MODE "Pressure Linearized" or LEVEL MODE
"Height Linearized" + ASSIGN CURRENT "Tank content":• If you enter a new value for TANK CONTENT MIN, the value for SET LRV is alsochanged. If you want to assign the lower current value a value other than thatfor TANK CONTENT MIN, you must enter the desired value for SET LRV. (TANK CONTENT MIN, Page 104 or 107.)
The following applies for the LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized" + ASSIGN CURRENT"Height":• If you enter a new value for LEVEL MIN, the value for SET LRV is also changed. If
you want to assign the lower current value a value other than that for LEVELMIN, you must enter the desired value for SET LRV. ( LEVEL MIN, Page 93.)
Factory setting:
0.0

SET URV (763)
EntryEnter value for the upper current value (20 mA).
Prerequisite:• LEVEL MODE = Pressure Linearized or Height Linearized• For the LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized", you can use the ASSIGN CURRENT
parameter ( Page 114) to specify whether the current output should depict the
1st or 2nd measured variable (height or tank content). Depending on the settingof the ASSIGN CURRENT parameter, enter the following value for SET URV:
– ASSIGN CURRENT = tank content (factory setting) %- value, volume value
or mass value– ASSIGN CURRENT = height level value
The following applies for the LEVEL MODE "Pressure Linearized" or LEVEL MODE
"Height Linearized" + ASSIGN CURRENT "Tank content":• If you enter a new value for TANK CONTENT MAX, the value for SET URV is alsochanged. If you want to assign the upper current value a value other than thatfor TANK CONTENT MAX, you must enter the desired value for SET URV.
( TANK CONTENT MAX, Page 104 or 107.)
The following applies for the LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized" + ASSIGN CURRENT"Height":• If you enter a new value for LEVEL MAX, the value for SET URV is also changed.
If you want to assign the lower current value a value other than that for LEVEL
MAX, you must enter the desired value for SET URV.
( LEVEL MAX, Page 93.)
Factory setting:
100.0

Table 17: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Flow102

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 17: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

TEMP. ENG. UNIT (318)Selection

Select the unit for the temperature measured value.
See also PCB TEMPERATURE (Page 117) and SENSOR TEMP. (Page 123).
Options:
• °C
• °F
• K
• R
Factory setting:°C

LOW FLOW CUT-OFF(442)
Selection

Switches "low flow cut-off" function on and off.
In the lower measuring range, small flow quantities (creepages) can lead to large
measured value fluctuations. Switching on this function stops these flow quantities
from being recorded. See also SET. L. FL. CUT-OFF.
Options:• Off• On
Factory setting:
Off

SET. L. FL. CUT-OFF (323)
EntryEnter switch-off point of low flow cut-off.
The hysteresis between the switch-on point and the switch-off point is always 1 %of the end flow value. See also LOW FLOW CUT-OFF.
Prerequisite:• LOW FLOW CUT-OFF = on
Input range:
Switch-off point: 0...50 % of end flow value (MAX. FLOW).

➀

➁

Q
Q max

Q
Q max
6%
5%

0%

Δp

0%

Δp
P01-PMD7xxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-000

Factory setting:
5 % (of end flow value)
SET LRV (637)
Entry

Depending on the setting in the LINEAR/SQROOT parameter (Page 114), entera flow value or a pressure value for the lower current value (4 mA) here.
• LINEAR/SQROOT = Flow (square root) (factory setting) flow value• LINEAR/SQROOT = Differential pres. pressure value
Factory setting:0

Endress+Hauser

103Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 17: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

SET URV (638)
Entry

Depending on the setting in the LINEAR/SQROOT parameter (Page 114), entera flow value or a pressure value for the upper current value (20 mA) here.
• LINEAR/SQROOT = Flow (square root) (factory setting) flow value• LINEAR/SQROOT = Differential pres. pressure value
The following applies for the setting LINEAR/SQROOT "Flow (square root)":• If you enter a new value for MAX. FLOW, the value for SET URV is also changed.
If you want to assign the upper current value a value other than that for MAX.
FLOW, you must enter the desired value for SET URV. ( MAX. FLOW, Page
100).
The following applies for the setting LINEAR/SQROOT "Differential pres.":• If you enter a new value for MAX PRESS. FLOW, the SET URV value is alsochanged. If you want to assign the upper current value a value other than thatfor MAX PRESS. FLOW, you must enter the desired value for SET URV. (MAX
PRESS. FLOW, Page 100).
Factory setting:
MAX. FLOW

Table 18: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARISATION– on-site operation
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level• LEVEL MODE = Pressure Linearized or Height Linearized
TANK CONTENT MIN
(759)
Entry

Enter the minimum tank contents to be expected.
The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the minimum tank content tobe expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
• If you enter a new value for TANK CONTENT MIN, the value for SET LRV is alsochanged. Use SET LRV to assign a %-value, volume value or mass value to thelower current value. If you want to assign the lower current value a value otherthan that for TANK CONTENT MIN, you must enter the desired value for SET
LRV. ( SET LRV, Page 102).
• For the setting LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized" and ASSIGN CURRENT "Linear",the TANK CONTENT MIN parameter does not affect the SET LRV parameter. (SET LRV, Page 102 and ASSIGN CURRENT, Page 114)
Factory setting:
0.0

TANK CONTENT MAX
(713)
Entry

Enter the maximum tank contents to be expected.
The input limits for the subsequent calibration (editing limits) are derived from thevalue entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the maximum tankcontent to be expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
• If you enter a new value for TANK CONTENT MAX, the value for SET URV is alsochanged. Use SET URV to assign a %-value, volume value or mass value to theupper current value. If you want to assign the upper current value a value otherthan that for TANK CONTENT MAX, you must enter the desired value for SET
URV. (SET URV, Page 102.)• For the setting LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized" and ASSIGN CURRENT "Linear",the TANK CONTENT MAX parameter does not affect the SET URV parameter.
(SET URV, Page 102 and ASSIGN CURRENT, Page 114)
Factory setting:
100.0

104

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 18: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARISATION– on-site operation
Parameter name

Description

TABLE SELECTION (808)Selection

Select table.
The device works with a measuring and an editor table. The measuring table isused to calculate the measured value. To make sure measuring also runs properly
when entering a new table, there is another table, the editor table, for entering
new values.
Options:• View meas. table• Editor table
Factory setting:View meas. table

LIN. EDIT MODE (397)
Selection

Select the entry mode for the linearisation table.
Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Options:• Manual:
the container neither has to be filled nor emptied for this entry mode. Enter thevalue pairs for the linearisation table.
• Semiautomatic: the container is filled or emptied in stages in this entry mode.
The device automatically records the hydrostatic pressure. The associatedvolume, mass or %-value is entered.
Factory setting:
ManualEDITOR TABLE (809)
Selection

Select table.
Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = editor table
Options:• New table:
enter new linearisation table.
• Edit measure table:
The measuring table is loaded as an editor table so that changes can be made. 
See also TAB. SELECTION• Continue edit:
Edit an editor table that already exists. See also TABLE EDITOR (770)
Factory setting:
New table

Enter table in the "Semiautomatic" editing mode.
EDITOR TABLE
Entry ("Semiautomatic" edit A linearisation table must have at least 2 points and may not have more than
32 points. A point consists of LINE-NUMB, X-VAL. and Y-VAL. For this editingmode)
mode, the container is filled or emptied in stages.
– LINE-NUMB (549)
Example: Enter point for LEVEL MODE = Pressure Linearized– Y-VAL. (551)– LINE-NUMB: confirm value displayed.
– Y-VAL.: depending on the setting in the LINd. MEASURAND parameter, enterthe volume, mass or % value.
– X-VAL.: the hydrostatic pressure present is displayed and saved by confirming
the Y-value.
Example: Enter point for LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized– LINE-NUMB: confirm value displayed.
– Y-VAL.: depending on the setting in the COMB. MEASURAND parameter, enterthe volume, mass or % value.
– X-VAL.: the hydrostatic pressure present is measured. Depending on the settingin the COMB. MEASURAND parameter, the measured pressure is converted to alevel unit or a % and displayed. The value is saved by confirming the Y-value.
Factory setting:
LINE-NUMB = 1, X-VAL. = 0.0, Y-VAL. = 0.0

Endress+Hauser

105Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 18: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARISATION– on-site operation
Parameter name

Description

EDITOR TABLE
Entry ("manual" edit mode)Enter table in the "manual" editing mode.
A linearisation table must have at least 2 points and may not have more than
32 points. A point consists of a line number, X-value and Y-value. The container
neither has to be filled nor emptied for this editing mode.

– LINE-NUMB (549)– Y-VAL. (551)– X-VAL. (550)

Example: Enter point for LEVEL MODE = Pressure Linearized– LINE-NUMB: confirm value displayed.
– X-VAL.: enter pressure value.
– Y-VAL.: depending on the setting in the LINd. MEASURAND parameter, enter
the related volume, mass or % value.
Example: Enter point for LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized– LINE-NUMB: confirm value displayed.
– X-VAL.: the hydrostatic pressure present is measured. Depending on the settingin the COMB. MEASURAND parameter, enter a level value or % value.
– Y-VAL.: depending on the setting in the COMB. MEASURAND parameter, enter
the related volume, mass or % value.
Factory setting:
LINE-NUMB = 1, X-VAL. = 0.0, Y-VAL. = 0.0

EDITOR TABLE (770)
Options

Select the function for the editor table.
Options:• Next point: enter next point.
• Last input point: jump back to previous point to correct a mistake for example.
• Accept input table: save editor table as measuring table. This overwrites the oldmeasuring table.
• Abort: save values entered up to this point for the editor table and display next
parameter. The editor table is not activated as a measuring table.
• Insert point: see example below.
• Delete point: the current point is deleted. See example below.
Example: Add point, in this case between the 4th and 5th point for example– Select point 5 via the EDITOR TABLE/LINE NUMB parameter.
– Confirm current X and Y values with Enter.
– Using the TABLE EDITOR (770) parameter, select the option "Insert point".
– Point 5 is displayed for the TABLE EDITOR/LINE NUMB parameter. New values
for the X-VAL and Y-VAL parameters.
Example: delete point, in this case the 5th point for example– Select point 5 via the EDITOR TABLE/LINE NUMB parameter.
– Using the TABLE EDITOR (770) parameter, select the option "Delete point".
– The 5th point is deleted. All of the following points are pushed up one number
i.e. following deletion, the 6th point becomes Point 5.
Factory setting:
Next point

MEASURING TABLE (549)
Display

A point of the linearisation table saved (measuring table) appears on the display
The parameter first displays the first point of the linearisation table. By entering aline number, you can directly display the corresponding point in the linearisationtable.

MEASURING TABLE (717)
Selection

Select the function for the measuring table.
Options:• Next point: view next point of the measuring table.
• Last input point: view previous point of the measuring table.
• Abort: cancel measuring table display. Display next parameter.
Factory setting:
Next point

TANK DESCRIPTION (815)
Entry

106

Enter tank description. (max. 32 alphanumeric characters)
Factory setting:________________________________

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 19: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARISATION – Digitalcommunication
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level• LEVEL MODE = Pressure Linearized or Height Linearized
TANK CONTENT MIN
Entry

Enter the minimum tank contents to be expected.
The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the minimum tank content tobe expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
• If you enter a new value for TANK CONTENT MIN, the value for SET LRV is alsochanged. Use SET LRV to assign a %-value, volume value or mass value to thelower current value. If you want to assign the lower current value a value otherthan that for TANK CONTENT MIN, you must enter the desired value for SET
LRV. ( SET LRV, Page 102).
• For the setting LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized" and ASSIGN CURRENT "Linear",the TANK CONTENT MIN parameter does not affect the SET LRV parameter. (SET LRV, Page 102 and ASSIGN CURRENT, Page 114)
Factory setting:
0.0

TANK CONTENT MAX
EntryEnter the maximum tank contents to be expected.
The input limits for the subsequent calibration (editing limits) are derived from thevalue entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the maximum tankcontent to be expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
• If you enter a new value for TANK CONTENT MAX, the value for SET URV is alsochanged. Use SET URV to assign a %-value, volume value or mass value to theupper current value. If you want to assign the upper current value a value otherthan that for TANK CONTENT MAX, you must enter the desired value for SET
URV. (SET URV, Page 102.)• For the setting LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized" and ASSIGN CURRENT "Linear",the TANK CONTENT MAX parameter does not affect the SET URV parameter.
(SET URV, Page 102 and ASSIGN CURRENT, Page 114)
Factory setting:
100.0

TABLE SELECTION
Selection

Select table.
The device works with a measuring and an editor table. The measuring table isused to calculate the measured value. To make sure measuring also runs properly
when entering a new table, there is another table, the editor table, for entering
new values.
Options:• View meas. table• Editor table
Factory setting:View meas. table

LIN. EDIT MODE
Selection

Select the entry mode for the linearisation table.
Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Options:• Manual:
The container neither has to be filled nor emptied for this entry mode. Enter thevalue pairs for the linearisation table.
• Semiautomatic: the container is filled or emptied in stages in this entry mode.
The device automatically records the hydrostatic pressure. The associatedvolume, mass or %-value is entered.
Factory setting:
ManualEndress+Hauser

107Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 19: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARISATION – Digitalcommunication
Parameter name

Description

EDITOR TABLE
Selection

Select table.
Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Options:• New table:
Enter new linearisation table.
• View meas. table:
View saved linearisation table and change points if necessary.
• Continue edit:
Edit a linearisation table that already exists.
Operating program:• If you select the "View meas. table" option, the saved measuring table is loaded in
the operating priogram. Use the "Lin.-Tab." window to view the entire table,change values if necessary and write the modified table to the device.
• If you change a value via the X-VAL. or Y-VAL. parameters, the table in the "Lin.Tab." window is not updated. To view the table saved in the device, this tablemust first be read out of the device.
Factory setting:
New table

LINE-NUMB
Entry

Enter the line number for the linearisation table. A linearisation table must have atleast 2 points and may not have more than 32 points.
• TABLE SELECTION = View meas. table
Via this parameter you can select the point of the linearisation table whichshould be displayed.
• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Enter a point via the LINE-NUMB, X-VAL. and Y-VAL. parameters.
See also this table, parameter description for LIN. EDIT MODE, X-VAL.
("Manual" entry mode), X-VAL. ("Semiautomatic" entry mode) and Y-VAL.
In the operating program, you can enter a complete linearisation table (Menu"Device Operation" "Device Functions" "Additional Functions" "Linearization
Table").

X-VAL. ("Manual" entry
mode)
Entry

Enter the pressure value for the linearisation table.
See also LIN. EDIT MODE, LINE-NUMB and Y-VAL.

X-VAL. ("Semiautomatic"
entry mode)
DisplayIn the "Semiautomatic" entry mode, the container is filled or emptied in stages. The
X-VAL. displays the measured hydrostatic pressure.

Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table

Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Operating program
The X-VAL. is saved by confirming the Y-value.
HART Handheld
Confirm X-VAL. displayed.
See also LIN. EDIT MODE, LINE-NUMB and Y-VAL.

Y-VAL.
Entry

Enter the volume, mass or %-value belonging to the X-VAL. for the linearisationtable.
Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Depending on the setting in the LINd. MEASURAND or COMB. MEASURAND
parameters, enter a volume, mass or %-value here.
See also this table, parameter description for LIN. EDIT MODE, LINE-NUMB, XVAL. ("Manual" entry mode), X-VAL. ("Semiautomatic" entry mode).

108

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 19: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARISATION – Digitalcommunication
Parameter name

Description

EDITOR TABLE
Options

Select the function for the editor table.
Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Options:• Next point: without function• Last input point: without function• Accept input table: save editor table as measuring table. This overwrites the oldmeasuring table.
• Abort: save values entered up to this point for the editor table and display next
parameter. The editor table is not activated as a measuring table.
• Insert point: see example below.
• Delete point: the current point is deleted. See example below.
Example: Add point, in this case between the 4th and 5th point for example– Select point 5 via the LINE NUMB parameter.
– Using the TABLE EDITOR parameter, select the option "Insert point".
– Point 5 is displayed for the LINE NUMB parameter. New values for the X-VAL
and Y-VAL parameters.
Example: delete point, in this case the 5th point for example– Select point 5 via the LINE NUMB parameter.
– Using the TABLE EDITOR parameter, select the option "Delete point".
– The 5th point is deleted. All of the following points are pushed up one number
i.e. following deletion, the 6th point becomes Point 5.
Factory setting:
Next point

ACTIV LIN. TAB. X
Display

An X-value of the linearisation table already saved appears on the display
You can select a point of the linearisation table via the LINE-NUMB parameter.
Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = View meas. table
In the operating program, you can view the entire saved table (Menu "Device
Operation" "Device Functions" "Additional Functions" "Linearization Table").

ACTIV LIN. TAB. Y
Display

A Y-value of the linearisation table already saved appears on the display
You can select a point of the linearisation table via the LINE-NUMB parameter.
Prerequisite:• TABLE SELECTION = View meas. table
In the operating program, you can view the entire saved table (Menu "Device
Operation" "Device Functions" "Additional Functions" "Linearization Table").

TANK DESCRIPTION
Entry

Enter tank description. (max. 32 alphanumeric characters)

TABLE ACTIVATE

Save editor table as measuring table. This overwrites the old measuring table.

Factory setting:________________________________

Table 20: (GROUP SELECTION )OPERATING MENU SETTINGS TOTALIZER SETUP
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Flow

Endress+Hauser

109

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 20: (GROUP SELECTION )OPERATING MENU SETTINGS TOTALIZER SETUP
Parameter name

Description

TOTALIZER 1 UNIT
(398), (666), (664), (662)
Selection

Select unit for totalizer 1.
Depending on the setting in the FLOW-MEAS. TYPE parameter (Page 98) thisparameter offers a list of volume, norm volume, standard volume and mass units.
When a new volume or mass unit is selected, totalizer-specific parameters areconverted and displayed with the new unit within a unit group. When the flowmode is changed, the totalizer value is not converted.
The 3-digit ID number on the on-site display depends on the FLOW-MEAS. TYPE
selected:– (398): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Volume p. cond."– (662): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Mass"– (664): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Gas. std. cond."– (666): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Gas. norm conditions"
Factory setting:m3

TOT. 1 USER UNIT (627)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific unit for totalizer 1.
You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 1.
Prerequisite:• TOTALIZER 1 UNIT = User unit
Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" isdisplayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
TOT. 1 USER UNIT parameter. The measured value is displayed with the additional
text "User Unit".
Factory setting:________

FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 1
(329)
Entry

Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific unit for totalizer 1.
The conversion factor must be entered in relation to an appropriate SI unit, e.g. m3
for the "Volume p. cond." FLOW-MEAS. TYPE. See also TOT. 1 USER UNIT.
Prerequisite:• TOTALIZER 1 UNIT = User unit
Example: You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE =1 m3  100 buckets– Entry TOT. 1 USER UNIT: bucket– Entry FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 1: 100– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 100 buckets
Factory setting:
1.0

NEG. FLOW TOT. 1 (400)Selection

Specify way of counting negative flows for totalizer 1.

positive flow

negative flow

Inc. on. neg. flow

Total increases

Total increases

Dec. on neg. flow

Total increases

Total decreases

Stop on neg. flow

Total increases

Total remains constant

Options

P01-xMD7xxxx-16-xx-xx-xx-003

Factory setting:
Inc. on neg. flow

110

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 20: (GROUP SELECTION )OPERATING MENU SETTINGS TOTALIZER SETUP
Parameter name

Description

RESET TOTALIZER1 (331)Selection

You reset totalizer 1 to zero with this parameter.
Options:• Abort (do not reset)• Reset
Factory setting:
Abort

TOTALIZER 2 UNIT
(399), (663), (665), (667)
Selection

Select unit for totalizer 2.
See also TOTAL 1. ENG. UNIT.
The 3-digit ID number on the on-site display depends on the FLOW-MEAS. TYPE
selected:– (399): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Volume p. cond."– (663): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Mass"– (665): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Vol. std. cond."– (667): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Vol. norm conditions"
Factory setting:m3

TOT. 2 USER UNIT (628)
EntryEnter text (unit) for customer-specific unit for totalizer 2.
See also TOT. 1 USER UNIT.
Prerequisite:• TOTALIZER 2 UNIT = User unit
Factory setting:________

FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 2(330)
Selection

Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific unit for totalizer 2. See also
FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 1.
Prerequisite:• TOTALIZER 2 UNIT = User unit
Factory setting:
1.0

NEG. FLOW TOT. 2 (416)Selection

Specify way of counting negative flows for totalizer 2.
See NEG. FLOW TOT. 1.
Factory setting:
Positive

Table 21: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU DISPLAY
Parameter name

Description

MENU DESCRIPTOR (419)
Selection

Specify contents for the main line of the on-site display in the measuring mode.
See also Operating Instructions BA00270P (Deltabar S), BA00271P (Cerabar S)
or BA00332P (Deltapilot S), Section "On-site display".
Options:• Main measured value (PV)• Main measured value (%)• Pressure• Flow• Level• Tank content• Current• Temperature• Error number• Totalizer 1• Totalizer 2
The selection depends on the measuring mode chosen.
Factory setting:Main measured value (PV)Endress+Hauser

111Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 21: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU DISPLAY
Parameter name

Description

MAIN DATA FORMAT(688)
Selection

Specifies the number of places after the decimal point for the value displayed in themain line.
See also Operating Instructions BA00270P (Deltabar S), BA00271P (Cerabar S)or (BA00332P) Deltapilot S, Section "On-site display".
Options:• Auto• x.x• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx• x.xxxxx
Factory setting:
Auto

ALTERNATE DATA (423)
Selection

Switch on "Alternating display" mode.
In this display mode, the on-site display alternates between the following
measured values depending on the measuring mode selected.
– Pressure: Main measured value (PV), Pressure, Temperature and Current– Level Standard: Main measured value (PV), Pressure, Level,
Tank content, Temperature and Current– Level Easy: Main measured value (PV), Pressure, Temperature and Current– Flow: Main measured value (PV), Pressure, Flow, Temperature, Current,
Totalizer 1 and Totalizer 2
Options:• Off• On
Factory setting:OffDISPLAY CONTRAST (339) Adjust contrast of on-site display.
Entry
You specify the contrast of the display with a number. Changes are only accepted as
single steps, i.e. to change the value from "8" to "4", you need to save four times. You
can also adjust the contrast of the display by means of the keys on the electronic
insert or at the device.
See also Operating Instructions BA00270P (Deltabar S), BA00271P (Cerabar S)
or BA00332P (Deltapilot S), Section "Function of operating keys".
Input range:
4...13, 4: contrast weaker (brighter), 13: contrast stronger (darker).
Factory setting:
8
DIGITS SETS (840)
DisplayThis parameter is used to check the correct display of characters and digits on theuser interface. If the characters and digits are displayed correctly, this parameter
displays the string "0123456789.-".

Table 22: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU OUTPUT

112

Parameter name

Description

OUTPUT CURRENT (254)
Display

Displays the current current value.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 22: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU OUTPUT
Parameter name

Description

CURR. CHARACT.
(694), (695), (696), (764)Selection

Select curve of current output.
Options:

I 20 mA

➃

➂

➀

➁

➃

➁

4 mA
X
0

LRV

URV
P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-009

Fig. 23:
1
2
3
4
LRV
URV
I
X

Illustration of current output curves
Linear: lower range value = 4 mA, upper range value = 20 mA
Bi-linear: lower range value = 4 mA, centre or zero = 20 mA,
upper range value = 4 mA
Linear inverse: lower range value = 20 mA, upper range value = 4 mA
Bi-linear inverse: lower range value = 20 mA, centre or zero = 4 mA,
upper range value = 20 mA
Lower range value
Upper range value
Current
Measured value (Pressure/Level/Flow)
The "CURR. CHARACT." function refers to the operating mode previously selected.

The 3-digit ID number on the on-site display depends on the MEASURING MODE
selected:– (694): MEASURING MODE "Pressure" or MEASURING MODE "Flow" with thesetting for LINEAR/SQROOT "Differential pres.
– (695): MEASURING MODE "Flow" with the setting LINEAR/SQROOT "Flow(square root)"– (696): MEASURING MODE "Level", LEVEL MODE "Linear" or "Pressure Linearized"
and LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized" with the setting for ASSIGN CURRENT"Level"– (764): MEASURING MODE "Level", LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized" with thesetting for ASSIGN CURRENT "Tank content"
Factory setting:LinearOUTPUT FAIL MODE (388) Select the current value in the event of an alarm.
Entry
In the event of an alarm, the current and the bargraph assume the current value
specified with this parameter.
Options:• Max. alarm (110%): can be set between 21...23 mA• Hold meas. value: last measured value is kept.
• Min. alarm (–10%): 3.6 mA
See also this table SET MAX. ALARM and Operating Instructions BA00270P(Deltabar S), BA00271P (Cerabar S) or BA00332P (Deltapilot S), Section "Setting
current output for alarm".
Factory setting:Max. alarm 110% (22 mA)

Endress+Hauser

113

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 22: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU OUTPUT
Parameter name

Description

ALT. CURR. OUTPUT (597) Set current output if sensor limits undershot or overshot.
Selection
Options:• Normal/NE43: the current output assumes the value set via the OUTPUT FAIL
MODE and SET MAX. ALARM parameters.
• Special:– Lower sensor limit undershot (E120):
Current output = 3.6 mA– Upper sensor limit overshot (E115): current output assumes the value set via
the SET MAX. ALARM parameter.
Attention : when using the case "special", the behavior is limited to an over/underpressure in a range LRL -10%, URL +10%.
Factory setting:Normal/NE43
SET MAX. ALARM (342)
EntryEnter current value for maximum alarm current.
See also OUTPUT FAIL MODE.
Input range:
21...23 mA
Factory setting:
22 mA

SET MIN. CURRENT (343)
EntryEnter lower current limit.
Some switching units sometimes do not accept currents less than 4.0 mA.
Options:• 3.8 mA
• 4.0 mA
Factory setting:
3.8 mAASSIGN CURRENT (760)Selection

Specify current signal for the "Level" measuring mode.
See also SET LRV (Page 102) and SET URV ( Page 102).
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level, LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
Options:• Height• Tank content
Factory setting:
Tank content

LINEAR/SQROOT (390)
Selection

Specify current signal for the "Flow" measuring mode.
See also SET LRV (Page 103) and SET URV ( Page 104).
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Flow or Pressure
Options:• Differential pres.: the linear pressure signal is used for the current output.
• Flow (square root): the root flow signal is used for the current output. The "Flow(square root)" current signal is indicated on the on-site display with a root
symbol.
Factory setting:Pressure

Table 23: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO HART DATA

114

Parameter name

Description

HART VERSION
Display

Displays the HART Version.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 23: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO HART DATA
Parameter name

Description

CURRENT MODE (052)
Selection

Set the current mode for HART communication.
Selection via on-site display and FieldCare:• Signaling
Measured value transmission by the current value• FixedFixed current 4.0 mA (multidrop mode)(Measured value transmission only via HART digital communication)
Factory setting:
Signaling
Selection via HART Handheld Terminal:• enabled
Measured value transmission by the current value• disabled
Fixed current 4.0 mA (multidrop mode)(Measured value transmission only via HART digital communication)
Factory setting:enabledBUS ADDRESS (345)
EntryEnter the address for the exchange of data with the HART protocol.
(HART 5.0: range 0 to 15, wherein if the address = 0 this produces the "Signaling"
setting; HART 6.0/7.0: range 0 to 63)
Factory setting:0

DEVICE TYPE (351)
Display

Displays the device type in decimal numerical format, here Deltabar S: 23
The extended device type is a composition of the manufacturer number (17) andthe device type (23).
Prerequisite:• Deltabar S differential pressure transmitter

DEVICE TYPE (802)Display

Displays the device type in decimal numerical format, here Cerabar S: 24
The extended device type is a composition of the manufacturer number (17) andthe device type (24).
Prerequisite:• Pressure transmitter Cerabar S

DEVICE TYPE (002)
Display

Displays the device type in decimal numerical format, here Deltapilot S: 26
The extended device type is a composition of the manufacturer number (17) andthe device type (26).
Prerequisite:• Pressure transmitter Deltapilot S

DEVICE NAME STR.
Display

Displays the device name (16 alphanumeric characters).

DEVICE REVISION (699)
Display

Displays the device revision

BURST MODE
Selection

Switches "Burst Mode" function on and off.

Prerequisite:• Digital communication

Selection:
• On
• Off
Prerequisite:• Digital communication

BURST OPTION
Entry

Use this parameter to specify which command is sent to the master.
Prerequisite:• Digital communication
Factory setting:
3 (HART commando 3)

Endress+Hauser

115

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 23: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO HART DATA
Parameter name

Description

PREAMBLE NUMBER
(036)
Entry

Enter the number of preambles in the HART protocol. (Synchronisation of themodem modules along a transmission path, each modem module could "swallow" abyte - at least 2 bytes must arrive.)
Input range:
2...20
Factory setting:
5

MANUFACTOR ID (432)Display

Displays the manufacturer number in a decimal numerical format.
Here: 17 Endress+Hauser

HART MESSAGE (271)
EntryEnter message (max. 32 alphanumeric characters).
On command from the master, this message is sent via the HART protocol.
Factory setting:________________________________or as per order specifications

HART DATE (481)
EntryEnter the date of the last configuration change.

HART PRIMARY VALUE IS
DisplayThis parameter displays the following measured value depending on the measuringmode selected:– Measuring mode "Pressure": PRESSURE– "Level" measuring mode, "Linear" or "Pressure Linearized"
level type: LEVEL BEFORE LIN– Measuring mode "Level", level type "Height Linearized": TANK CONTENT– Measuring mode "Flow": SUPPRESSED FLOW

Factory setting:
DD.MM.YY (date of final test)

See also PRIMARY VALUE.
Prerequisite:• Digital communication
PRIMARY VALUE
Display

Displays the primary value.
See also HART PRIMARY VALUE IS.
Prerequisite:• Digital communication

SECONDARY VAL. IS

Select second process value.
You can choose between the following process values depending on the measuringmode selected:– PRESSURE– CORRECTED PRESS.
– SENSOR PRESSURE– SENSOR TEMP.
– PCB TEMPERATURE– SUPPRESSED FLOW
– TOTALIZER 1– TOTALIZER 2– LEVEL BEFORE LIN– TANK CONTENT
Prerequisite:• Digital communication

SECONDARY VALUE

Display second process value. See also SECONDARY VAL. IS.
Prerequisite:• Digital communication

THIRD VALUE IS

Select third process value. See also SECONDARY VAL. IS.
Prerequisite:• Digital communication

THIRD VALUE

Display third process value.  See also SECONDARY VAL. IS.
Prerequisite:• Digital communication

116

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 23: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO HART DATA
Parameter name

Description

4TH VALUE IS

Select fourth process value.  See also SECONDARY VAL. IS.
Prerequisite:• Digital communication

4TH VALUE

Display fourth process value.  See also SECONDARY VAL. IS.
Prerequisite:• Digital communication

Table 24: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO TRANSMITTER DATA
Parameter name

Description

DEVICE SERIAL No (354)
Display

Displays the serial number of the device (11 alphanumeric characters).

ELECTR. SERIAL No (386)Display

Displays the serial number of the main electronics (11 alphanumeric characters).

CUST. TAG NUMBER (055) Enter TAG number (max. 8 alphanumeric characters).
Entry
Factory setting:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ or as per order specifications
LONG TAG NUMBER (305) Enter TAG number (max. 32 alphanumeric characters).
Entry
Factory setting:________________________________or as per order specifications
ADDITIONAL INFO. (272)
EntryEnter tag description (max. 16 alphanumeric characters).

DEVICE DESIGN. (350)
Display

Displays the device designation and order code.

HARDWARE REV. (266)
Display

Displays the revision number of the main electronics
e.g.: V02.00.00

SOFTWARE VERSION(264)
Display

Displays the software version
e.g.: V02.10.00

CONFIG RECORDER (352)
Display

Displays the configuration counter.
This counter is increased by one with each change to a parameter or group. The
counter counts to 65535 and then starts again at zero. Changes in the parametersof the DISPLAY function group do not increase the counter.

Factory setting:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ or as per order specifications

PCB TEMPERATURE (357) Displays the measured temperature of the main electronics.
Display

Endress+Hauser

ALLOWED MIN. TEMP
(358)
Display

Displays the lower temperature limit of the main electronics.

ALLOWED MAX. TEMP
(359)
Display

Displays the upper temperature limit of the main electronics.

117Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 24: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO TRANSMITTER DATA
Parameter name

Description

DIP STATUS (363)
Display

Displays the status of DIP switch 1 on the electronic insert.
You can lock or unlock parameters relevant to the measured value with DIP switch
1. If operation is locked by means of the INSERT PIN No. parameter, you can only
unlock operation again by means of this parameter. (INSERT PIN NO, see Page
125.)
See also Operating Instructions BA00270P (Deltabar S), BA00271P (Cerabar S)
or BA00332P (Deltapilot S), Section "Locking/unlocking operation".
Display:• On (locking switched on)• Off (locking switched off)
Factory setting:
Off (locking switched off)

Table 25: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO PROCESS CONNECTION
Parameter name

Description

Pmax PROC. CONN. (570)
Entry

For entering and displaying the maximum permitted pressure of the processconnection.
Factory setting:In accordance with nameplate data (see also Operating Instructions BA00270P(Deltabar S), BA00271P (Cerabar S) or BA00332P (Deltapilot S), Section
nameplate)

PROC. CONN. TYPE (482)
Selection

For selecting and displaying the process connection type.

MAT. PROC. CONN. +(360)
Selection

For selecting and displaying the material of the process connection (P+).
See also parameter description for MAT. PROC. CONN. -Options:• Not used
• Unknown• Special• Oval flange• Thread female• Thread male
• Flange• Remote seal

Options:• Not used
• Unknown• Special• Steel• 304 st. steel• 316 st. steel• Alloy C• Monel• Tantalum• Titanium• PTFE (Teflon)• 316L st. steel• PVC• Inconel• PVDF• ECTFE
Factory setting:As per order specifications

MAT. PROC. CONN. - (361) For selecting and displaying the material of the process connection (P–).
Selection
See also parameter description for MAT. PROC. CONN. +Prerequisite:• Deltabar S differential pressure transmitter

118

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 25: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO PROCESS CONNECTION
Parameter name

Description

SEAL TYPE (362)
Selection

For selecting and displaying the material of the process seal.
Options:• Not used
• Unknown• Special• FKM Viton• NBR• EPDM• Urethane• IIR• Kalrez• FKM Viton oxyg
• CR
• MVQ
• PTFE glass• PTFE graphite• PTFE oxygen• Copper• Copper f. oxygen
Factory setting:As per order specifications

BOLTS MATERIAL

For selecting and displaying the material of the bolts.
Prerequisite:• Digital communication

NUTS MATERIAL

For selecting and displaying the material of the nuts.
Prerequisite:• Digital communication

DRAIN VENT MAT.

For selecting and displaying the material of the vent valves.
Prerequisite:• Digital communication

DRAIN VENT POS.

For selecting and displaying the position of the vent valves.
Prerequisite:• Digital communication

THREADFor selecting and displaying the process connection thread.
Prerequisite:• Digital communication

MOUNTING THREAD

For selecting and displaying the ways of securing the device.
Prerequisite:• Digital communication

REMOTE SEAL +For selecting and displaying the diaphragm seal type on the positive side.
Prerequisite:• Digital communication

REMOTE SEAL –For selecting and displaying the diaphragm seal type on the negative side.
Prerequisite:• Digital communication

DIAPHRAG. MAT. +For selecting and displaying the material of the process isolating diaphragm on thepositive side.
Prerequisite:• Digital communication

DIAPHRAG. MAT. –For selecting and displaying the material of the process isolating diaphragm on thenegative side.
Prerequisite:• Digital communication

Endress+Hauser

119Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 25: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO PROCESS CONNECTION
Parameter name

Description

NR OF REMOTE SEAL

For selecting and displaying the number of diaphragm seals.
Prerequisite:• Digital communication

FILL FLUID

For selecting and displaying the diaphragm seal fill fluid.
Prerequisite:• Digital communication

Table 26: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO SENSOR DATA
(all measuring modes)
Parameter name

Description

SENSOR SER. No. (250)Display

Displays the serial number of the sensor (11 alphanumeric characters).

PRESS. SENS LOLIM (484)Display

Displays the lower measuring limit of the sensor.

PRESS. SENS HILIM (485)Display

Displays the upper measuring limit of the sensor.

MINIMUM SPAN (591)
Display

Displays the smallest possible span.

SENSOR MEAS.TYPE (581) Displays the sensor type.
Display• Deltabar S = differential• Cerabar S with gauge pressure sensor = relative• Cerabar S with absolute pressure sensor = absolute• Deltapilot S = relative
Pmin SENS. DAMAGE(251)
Display

Displays the minimum permissible absolute pressure of the sensor (vacuumproofing).

Pmax SENS. DAMAGE(252)
Display

Displays the maximum permissible absolute pressure of the sensor (overpressureproofing).

MAT. MEMBRANE (365)
Display

Displays the material of the process isolating diaphragm.

FILLING FLUID (366)
Display

Displays the filling fluid.

Tmin SENSOR (368)
Display

Displays the lower nominal temperature limit of the sensor.

Tmax SENSOR (369)
Display

Displays the upper nominal temperature limit of the sensor.

SENS H/WARE REV (487)
Display

Displays the revision number of the sensor hardware.
e.g.: 1

Factory setting:As per version in the order code
For Deltabar S, see Technical Information TI00382P, for Cerabar S, seeTechnical Information TI00383P or for Deltapilot S, see Technical Information
TI00416P, "Ordering information" section.

Table 27: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Pressure"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = pressure

120

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 27: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Pressure"
Parameter name

Description

MEASURED VALUE (679)

Displays the measured value
In the "Pressure" measuring mode, this value corresponds to the PRESSURE
parameter.
Prerequisite:• Digital communication
On-site operation:• For on-site operation, the MEASURED VALUE parameter is displayed on the 1stlevel.

PRESSURE (301)
Display

Displays the measured pressure after sensor recalibration, position adjustment anddamping. This value corresponds to the MEASURED VALUE parameter in the"Pressure" measuring mode.

Pressure
SensorSensortrim

Positionadjustment

Damping

P

Level

I

Current
outputFlow
SENSOR
PRESSURE

CORRECTED PRESSURE
PRESS.
P01-xMx7xxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-009

CORRECTED PRESS. (434)Display

Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim and position adjustment andbefore damping. See also PRESSURE diagram.

SENSOR PRESSURE (584)
Display

Displays the measured pressure before sensor trim, position adjustment anddamping.
See also PRESSURE diagram.

SENSOR TEMP. (367)
Display

Displays the temperature currently measured in the sensor. This temperature candeviate from the process temperature.

MEAS. VAL. TREND (378)
Display

Displays the trend of the pressure measured value.
Possibilities: increasing, decreasing, constant

Table 28: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Level"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level
MEASURED VALUE (679)

Displays the measured value
In the "Level" measuring mode with "Linear" level type, this value corresponds to the
LEVEL BEFORE LIN parameterIn the "Level" measuring mode with "Height Linearized" or "Pressure Linearized" level
type, this value corresponds to the TANK CONTENT parameter.
Prerequisite:• Digital communication
On-site operation:• For on-site operation, the MEASURED VALUE parameter is displayed on the 1stlevel.

Endress+Hauser

121

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 28: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Level"
Parameter name

Description

PRESSURE (301)
Display

Displays the measured pressure after sensor recalibration, position adjustment anddamping. This value corresponds to the MEASURED VALUE parameter in the"Pressure" measuring mode.

Pressure
SensorSensortrim

Positionadjustment

Damping

P

Level

I

Current
outputFlow
SENSOR
PRESSURE

CORRECTED PRESSURE
PRESS.
P01-xMx7xxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-010

CORRECTED PRESS. (434)Display

Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim and position adjustment andbefore damping. See also PRESSURE diagram.

SENSOR PRESSURE (584)
Display

Displays the measured pressure before sensor trim, position adjustment anddamping. See also PRESSURE diagram.

SENSOR TEMP. (367)
Display

Displays the temperature currently measured in the sensor. This temperature candeviate from the process temperature.

MEAS. VAL. TREND (378)
Display

Displays the trend of the pressure measured value.
Possibilities: increasing, decreasing, constant

LEVEL BEFORE LIN (050)
Display

Displays the level value prior to linearisation.
Prerequisite:• LEVEL MODE = Linear or Height Linearized
Depending on the setting for the LIN. MEASURAND or COMB. MEASURAND
parameter, this parameter displays the current level in % or in a unit of level.

TANK CONTENT (370)
Display

Displays the level value after linearisation.
Prerequisite:• LEVEL MODE = Pressure Linearized or Height Linearized
Depending on the settings for the LINd. MEASURAND or COMB. MEASURAND
parameter, the current tank content is displayed in % or in a unit of volume or
mass. This value corresponds to the MEASURED VALUE.

Table 29: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Flow
MEASURED VALUE (679)

Displays the measured value
In the "Flow" measuring mode, this value corresponds to the SUPPRESSED FLOW
parameter.
Prerequisite:• Digital communication
On-site operation:• For on-site operation, the MEASURED VALUE parameter is displayed on the 1stlevel.

122

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 29: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Flow"
Parameter name

Description

PRESSURE (301)
Display

Displays the measured pressure after sensor recalibration, position adjustment anddamping. This value corresponds to the MEASURED VALUE parameter in the"Pressure" measuring mode.

Pressure
SensorSensortrim

Positionadjustment

Damping

P

Level

I

Current
outputFlow
SENSOR
PRESSURE

CORRECTED PRESSURE
PRESS.
P01-xMx7xxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-011

CORRECTED PRESS. (434)Display

Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim and position adjustment andbefore damping. See also PRESSURE diagram.

SENSOR PRESSURE (584)
Display

Displays the measured pressure before sensor trim, position adjustment anddamping. See also PRESSURE diagram.

SENSOR TEMP. (367)
Display

Displays the temperature currently measured in the sensor. This temperature candeviate from the process temperature.

MEAS. VAL. TREND (378)
Display

Displays the trend of the pressure measured value.
Possibilities: increasing, decreasing, constant

SUPPRESSED FLOW (375)
Display

Displays the current flow. Depending on the flow mode selected (FLOW-MEAS.
TYPE), a volume flow, mass flow, standard volume flow or corrected volume flow isdisplayed.

TOTALIZER 1 (652)
Display

Displays the total flow value of totalizer 1. You can reset the value with the RESETTOTALIZER 1 parameter. The TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW parameter displays theoverflow.
Example: The value 123456789 m3 is displayed as follows:– TOTALIZER 1: 3456789 m3– TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW: 12 E7

TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW(655)
Display

Displays the overflow value of totalizer 1.
See also TOTALIZER 1.

TOTALIZER 2 (657)
Display

Displays the total flow value of totalizer 2. You cannot reset totalizer 2. The TOTAL.
2 OVERFLOW parameter displays the overflow.
See also example for TOTALIZER 1.

TOTAL. 2 OVERFLOW(658)
Display

Displays the overflow value of totalizer 2.
See also TOTALIZER 2 and example for TOTALIZER 1.

Table 30: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO  PEAK HOLD INDICATOR
Parameter name

Description

COUNTER:P > Pmax (380)Display

Displays the overpressure counter of the sensor
The limit value is: upper nominal pressure limit of sensor + 10 % of upper nominalpressure limit of sensor. You can reset this counter by means of the RESETPEAKHOLD parameter.

MAX. MEAS. PRESS. (383) Displays the largest measured pressure value (peak hold indicator). You can reset
Display
this indicator by means of the RESET PEAKHOLD parameter.

Endress+Hauser

COUNTER P < Pmin (467)
Display

Displays the vacuum pressure counter of the sensor
The limit value is: lower nominal pressure limit of sensor – 10 % of upper nominalpressure limit of sensor. You can reset this counter by means of the RESETPEAKHOLD parameter.

MIN. MEAS. PRESS. (469)
Display

Displays the smallest measured pressure value (peak hold indicator). You can reset
this indicator by means of the RESET PEAKHOLD parameter.

123Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 30: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO  PEAK HOLD INDICATOR
Parameter name

Description

COUNTER:T > Tmax (404)Display

Displays the number of times the specified temperature range of the sensor has
been overshot. You can reset this counter by means of the RESET PEAKHOLD
parameter.

MAX. MEAS. TEMP. (471)
Display

Displays the largest measured temperature in the sensor (peak hold indicator). You
can reset this indicator by means of the RESET PEAKHOLD parameter.

COUNTER:T < Tmin (472)
Display

Displays the number of times the specified temperature range of the sensor has
been undershot. You can reset this counter by means of the RESET PEAKHOLD
parameter.

MIN. MEAS. TEMP. (474)
Display

Displays the smallest measured temperature in the sensor (peak hold indicator).
You can reset this indicator by means of the RESET PEAKHOLD parameter.

PCB COUNT:T > Tmax
(488)
Display

Displays the number of times the specified temperature range of the electronics
has been overshot.

PCB MAX. TEMP. (490)
Display

Displays the largest electronics temperature measured.

PCB COUNT:T < Tmin
(492)
Display

Displays the number of times the specified temperature range of the electronics
has been undershot.

PCB MIN. TEMP. (494)Display

Displays the smallest electronics temperature measured.

RESET PEAKHOLD (382)
Selection

This parameter lists all the peak hold indicator parameters that can be reset. You
can select the peak hold indicators you want to reset.
Options:• None• Max. pressure• Min. pressure• Pmax history• Pmin history• Max. temp.
• Min. temp.
• Tmax history• Tmin history• Reset all
Factory setting:
None

Table 31: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU OPERATING
Parameter name

Description

ENTER RESET CODE (047)
Entry

Reset parameters completely or partially to factory values or delivery status.
See also Operating Instructions BA00270P (Deltabar S), BA00271P (Cerabar S)
or BA00332P (Deltapilot S), Section "Factory setting" (reset).
Factory setting:
0

OPERATING HOURS (409)
Display124

Displays the hours of operation. This parameter cannot be reset.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 31: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU OPERATING
Parameter name

Description

INSERT PIN NO (048)
Entry

For entering a code to lock or unlock operation.
• The-symbol on the on-site display indicates that operation is locked.
Parameters which refer to how the display appears, e.g. LANGUAGE andDISPLAY CONTRAST can still be altered.
• If operation is locked by means of the DIP-switch, you can only unlock operation
again by means of the DIP-switch. If operation is locked by means of the on-site
display or remote operation e.g. FieldCare, you can unlock operation again bymeans of the on-site display or using remote operation.
See also Operating Instructions BA00270P (Deltabar S), BA00271P (Cerabar S)
or BA00332P (Deltapilot S), Section "Locking/unlocking operation".
Options:• Lock: enter a number between 0...9999 which is 100.
• Unlock: enter the number 100.
Factory setting:100

HistoROM AVAIL. (831)
Display

Indicates whether the optional HistoROM®/M-DAT memory module is connectedto the electronic insert.
See also Operating Instructions BA00270P (Deltabar S), BA00271P (Cerabar S)
or BA00332P (Deltapilot S), Section "HistoROM®/M-DAT (optional)".
Options:• Yes (HistoROM®/M-DAT is attached to the electronic insert)• No (HistoROM®/M-DAT is not attached to the electronic insert)

DOWNLOAD SELECT(014)
Options

Select download function from HistoROM to device. The selection has no effect on
an upload from the device to the HistoROM.
Prerequisite:• A HistoROM®/M-DAT is attached to the electronic insert(HistoROM AVAIL. = yes)
Options:• Configuration copy: For this option, all parameters apart from the DEVICESERIAL No, DEVICE DESIGN., CUST. TAG NUMBER, LONG TAG NUMBER,
ADDITIONAL INFO., BUS ADDRESS, CURRENT MODE and the parameters of the
POSITION ADJUSTMENT and PROCESS CONNECTION group are overwritten.
• Device replacement: With this option, all parameters except for DEVICE SERIAL
No, DEVICE DESIGN. and the parameters of the POSITION ADJUSTMENT and
PROCESS CONNECTION group are overwritten.
• Electronics replace: With this option, all parameters except for the parameters of
the POSITION ADJUSTMENT group are overwritten.
Factory setting:
Copy config. (if HistoROM®/M-DAT is attached to the electronic insert)

HistoROM CONTROL (832) For selecting the direction for copying the data.
Selection
See also Operating Instructions BA00270P (Deltabar S), BA00271P (Cerabar S)
or BA00332P (Deltapilot S), Section "HistoROM®/M-DAT (optional)".
Prerequisite:• A HistoROM®/M-DAT is attached to the electronic insert(HistoROM AVAIL. = yes)
Options:• Abort• HistoROM Device• Device HistoROM
Factory setting:Abort (if HistoROM®/M-DAT is connected to the electronic insert)

Endress+Hauser

125Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 32: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU DIAGNOSTICS SIMULATION
Parameter name

Description

SIMULATION MODE (413) Switch on simulation and select simulation type.
Selection
Any simulation running is switched off if the measuring mode or level type ischanged.
Options:• None• Pressure, see also this table parameter description for SIM. PRESSURE• Flow (only differential pressure transmitter), see also this table parameter
description for SIM. FLOW VALUE• Level, see also this table parameter description for SIM. LEVEL• Tank content, see also this table parameter description for SIM. TANK CONT.
• Current, see also this table parameter description for SIM. CURRENT
Note:"Square root" has to be selected in the LINEAR/SQROOT parameter to ensure thecurrent output corresponds to the simulated flow value.
• Alarm/warning, , see also this table parameter description for SIM. ERRORNO.
Transducer Block– Simulation
value level– Simulation
value level– Simulation
value
tank content– Simulation
value tankcontent

Pressure
SensorSensortrim

Positionadjustment

Damping

P

I
PV

Level

AnalogCurrent
Input
outputBlock

Flow
Simulation value
current

Simulation value pressure
Simulationvalue flow

P01-xMx7xxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-012

Factory setting:
NoneSIM. PRESSURE (414)
EntryEnter simulation value.
See also SIMULATION MODE.
Prerequisite:• SIMULATION MODE = Pressure
Factory setting:Current pressure measured valueSIM. FLOW VALUE (639)
EntryEnter simulation value.
See also SIMULATION MODE.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Flow and SIMULATION MODE = Flow

SIM. LEVEL (714)
EntryEnter simulation value.
See also SIMULATION MODE.
Prerequisite:• MEASURING MODE = Level and SIMULATION MODE = Level

SIM. TANK CONT. (715)
EntryEnter simulation value.
See also SIMULATION MODE.
Prerequisites:• MEASURING MODE = Level, LEVEL MODE = Pressure Linearized and
SIMULATION MODE = Tank content• MEASURING MODE = Level, LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized and
SIMULATION MODE = Tank content

SIM. CURRENT (270)
Entry

Enter simulation value.
See also SIMULATION MODE.
Prerequisite:• SIMULATION MODE = Current value
Factory setting:Current current value

126

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 32: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU DIAGNOSTICS SIMULATION
Parameter nameSIM. ERROR NO. (476)
Entry

Description!

CAUTION

Note Dependencies when setting parameters!
The SIMULATION parameter overwrites fault states (alarm/warning) that are
actually present. When the simulation is ended, the fault states (alarm/
warning) still persist but are no longer displayed! When the device is restarted
it returns to its fault state.

‣Enter message number.
See also SIMULATION MODE.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 10.1 "Messages", "Code" table
column.
Prerequisite:• SIMULATION MODE = Alarm/Warning
Factory setting:
613 (simulation active)

Table 33: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU DIAGNOSTICS MESSAGESParameter name

Description

ALARM STATUS (046)
Display

Displays the current messages present. See also these Operating Instructions,
Section 10.1. "Messages" and Section 10.3 "Confirming messages".
On-site display• The measured value display shows the message with the highest priority.
• The ALARM STATUS parameter shows all the messages in descending order ofpriority. You can scroll through all the messages present with the  or  key.
Operating program• The "Status" field and the ALARM STATUS parameter show the message with thehighest priority.

LAST DIAG. CODE (564)
Display

Displays the last messages that occurred and were eliminated.
• On-site display: you can scroll through the last 15 messages with the  or 
key.
• Digital communication: the last message appears on the display.
• Use the RESET ALL ALARMS parameter to delete the messages listed in the
LAST DIAG. CODE parameter.

ACK. ALARM MODE (401) Switch on acknowledge alarm mode.
Selection
See also ACK. ALARM.
Options:• On• Off
Factory setting:
Off
ACK. ALARM (500)
Selection

Acknowledge alarm.
Prerequisite:• ACK. ALARM MODE = on
Options:• Abort• Confirm
The cause of the alarm must be eliminated, the message must be acknowledged via
the ACK. ALARM parameter and, where applicable, the ALARM DISPL. TIME (Page 128) has to have elapsed before the device starts measuring again following
an alarm.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 10.3 "Confirming messages".
Factory setting:
Abort

Endress+Hauser

127

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 33: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU DIAGNOSTICS MESSAGESParameter name

Description

RESET ALL ALARMS (603) Use this parameter to reset all the messages of the LAST DIAG. CODE parameter.
Selection
Options:• Abort• Confirm
Factory setting:
Abort
ERROR No.
Entry

For "Error"-type messages, you can decide whether the device should behave as in
the event of an alarm (A) or as in the event of a warning (W). Enter thecorresponding message number for this parameter. See also SELECTALARMTYPE.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 10.1 "Messages" and Section 10.2
"Response of outputs to errors".
Prerequisite:• Digital communication

SELECT ALARMTYPE(595) – Entry(600) – Selection

For "Error"-type messages, you can decide whether the device should behave as in
the event of an alarm (A) or as in the event of a warning (W). See also ERROR
No.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 10.2 "Response of outputs toerrors".
Options:• Alarm (A): output current assumes a defined value.
• Warning (W): device continues measuringOn-site operation:
1. Enter the corresponding message number for ERROR No. field.
2. Select "Alarm" or "Warning" option.
Digital communication:
1. Enter the corresponding message number via the ERROR No. parameter.
2. Use the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameter to select the "Alarm" or "Warning"
option.

ALARM DELAY (336)
EntryEnter alarm response time for all "Error" messages.
There is no alarm if the cause of the error is eliminated within the alarm delay
time.
Input range:
0...100 s
Factory setting:
0.0 s

ALARM DISPL. TIME (480) Enter alarm display time for all "Error" messages. Once the cause of the error is
Entry
rectified, the alarm display time starts running.
The following applies if the setting for ACK. ALARM MODE = on:
If an alarm appears and the alarm display time elapses before the alarm has been
acknowledged, the message will be cleared once it has been acknowledged.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 10.3 "Confirming messages".
Input range:
0...999.9 s
Factory setting:
0.0 s

128

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description of parameters

Table 34: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU DIAGNOSTICS USER LIMITSParameter name

Description

Pmin ALARM WINDOW
(332)
Entry

Customer-specific process monitoring – enter lower pressure limit.
You can use the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameter to enter how the device responds
if the operating pressure undershoots the specified value.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 10.1 "Messages", table, Code E730
and Section 10.2 "Response of outputs to errors".
Factory setting:
Low sensor limit •1.1
(For the low sensor limit, see PRESS. SENS LOLIM.)

Pmax ALARM WINDOW
(333)
Entry

Customer-specific process monitoring – enter upper pressure limit.
You can use the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameter to enter how the device responds
if the operating pressure exceeds the specified value.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 10.1 "Messages", table, Code E731
and Section 10.2 "Response of outputs to errors".
Factory setting:High sensor limit •1.1
(For the high sensor limit, see PRESS. SENS HILIM.)

Tmin ALARM WINDOW
(334)
Entry

Customer-specific process monitoring – enter lower temperature limit.
You can use the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameter to enter how the device responds
if the sensor temperature undershoots the specified value.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 10.1 "Messages", table, Code E732
and Section 10.2 "Response of outputs to errors".
Factory setting:Lower sensor temperature application limit – 10 K
(For the lower temperature application limit, see Tmin SENSOR)

Tmax ALARM WINDOW
(335)
Entry

Customer-specific process monitoring – enter upper temperature limit.
You can use the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameter to enter how the device responds
if the sensor temperature exceeds the specified value.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 10.1 "Messages", table, Code E733
and Section 10.2 "Response of outputs to errors".
Factory setting:Upper sensor temperature application limit +10 K(For the upper temperature application limit, see Tmax SENSOR)

Table 35: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SERVICE SYSTEM 2Parametername

Beschreibung

CURR. TRIM 4mA (045)
EntryEnter current value for the lower point (4 mA) of the current output trim line.
You can adapt the current output to the transmission conditions with thisparameter and CURR. TRIM 20mA.
Perform current trim for the lower point as follows:
1. Select SIMULATION group.
(Menu path: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU DIAGNOSTICS 
SIMULATION)
2. Select option "Current" via SIMULATION parameter.
3. Enter "4 mA" for SIM. CURRENT parameter.
4. Select SYSTEM 2 group.
(Menu path: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU SERVICE)
5. Enter the current value measured with the switching unit for the CURR. TRIM
4mA parameter.
Input range:
Measured current (3.8 mA to 4.2 mA)
Factory setting:
4 mA

Endress+Hauser

129

Description of parameters

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 35: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SERVICE SYSTEM 2Parametername

Beschreibung

CURR. TRIM 20mA (042)
EntryEnter current value for the upper point (20 mA) of the current output trim line.
You can adapt the current output to the transmission conditions with thisparameter and CURR. TRIM 4mA.
Perform current trim for the upper point as follows:
1. Select SIMULATION group.
(Menu path: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU DIAGNOSTICS 
SIMULATION)
2. Select option "Current" via SIMULATION parameter.
3. Enter "20 mA" for SIM. CURRENT parameter.
4. Select SYSTEM 2 group.
(Menu path: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU SERVICE)
5. Enter the current value measured with the switching unit for the CURR. TRIM
20mA parameter.
Input range:
Measured current (19 mA to 21 mA)
Factory setting:
20 mA

OFFSET 4mA TRIM (043)
Display

Displays the difference between 4 mA and the value entered for the CURRENT
TRIM 4mA parameter.
Factory setting:0

OFFSET 20mA TRIM (044) Displays the difference between 20 mA and the value entered for the CURRENT
Display
TRIM 20mA parameter.
Factory setting:0130Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Troubleshooting

10

Troubleshooting

10.1

Messages

The following table lists all the possible messages that can occur.
The device differentiates between the error types "Alarm", "Warning" and "Error". You may
specify whether the instrument should react as if for an "Alarm" or "Warning" for "Error"
messages.
See "Error type/NA 64" column and parameter descriptions for ERROR No. and SELECTALARMTYPE (Page 128).
In addition, the "Error type/NA 64" column classifies the messages in accordance with
NAMUR Recommendation NA 64:• Break down: indicated with "B"• Maintenance need: indicated with "C" (check request)• Function check: indicated with "I" (in service)
Error message display on the on-site display:• The measured value display shows the message with the highest priority. See "Priority"
column.
• The ALARM STATUS (Page 127) parameter shows all the messages present indescending order of priority. You can scroll through all the messages present with the 
key or  key.
Message display via the digital communication:• The ALARM STATUS (Page 127) parameter shows the message with the highest
priority.  See "Priority" column.
• If the device detects a defect in the on-site display during initialization, special error
messages are generated. For the error messages, see Page 140, Section 10.1.1 "On-site
display error messages".
• For support and further information, please contact Endress+Hauser Service.
CodeError type/
NA 64

101 (A101) Alarm
B

Corresponds NE 107

Message/description

Cause

MeasurePrio
rity

Failure (F)B>Sensor electronic
EEPROM error– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in
the technical data.  See
Technical Information
TI00382P (Deltabar S),
TI00383P (Cerabar S) or
TI00416P (Deltapilot S). Thismessage normally only
appears briefly.

– Wait a few minutes.
– Restart the device. Perform
reset (Code 62).
– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate source ofdisturbance.

17– Sensor defect.

– Replace sensor.

102(W102)

Warning
C

Maintenance request(M)

C>Checksum error in– Main electronics defect.
EEPROM: peakhold segment
Correct measurement cancontinue as long as you do notneed the peak hold indicatorfunction.

– Replace main electronics.

53

106(W106)

WarningC

Funktioncheck (C)C>Downloading - please wait – Downloading.

– Wait for download tocomplete.

52

Endress+Hauser

131Troubleshooting

CodeError type/
NA 64

110 (A110) AlarmB

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Corresponds NE 107

Message/description

Cause

MeasurePrio
rity

Failure (F)

B>Checksum error in
EEPROM: configuration
segment– The supply voltage is
disconnected when writing.

– Reestablish supply voltage.
Perform reset (Code 7864) if
necessary. Carry out
calibration again.

6– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in
the technical data.  See
Technical Information
TI00382P (Deltabar S),
TI00383P (Cerabar S) or
TI00416P (Deltapilot S).

– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate sources ofdisturbance.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

113 (A113) Alarm
B

Failure (F)B>ROM failure intransmitter electronic– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

1

115 (E115)

Error
B
factory
setting:
Warning C

Out ofspecification(S)

B>Sensor overpressure– Overpressure present.

– Reduce pressure until message 29
disappears.

– Sensor defect.

– Replace sensor.

116(W116)

Warning
C

Maintenance request(M)

C>Download error, repeat
download– The file is defect.

– Use another file.

120 (E120)

Error
B
factory
setting:
Warning C

Out ofspecification(S)

B>Sensor low pressure– Pressure too low.

– Increase pressure until
message disappears.

– Sensor defect.

– Replace sensor.

121 (A121) Alarm
B

Failure (F)

B>Checksum error in factory – Main electronics defect.
segment of EEPROM

122 (A122) Alarm
B

Failure (F)B>Sensor not connected36– During the download, the data – Check cable connection PC –transmitter.
are not correctly transmitted to– Block off electromagnetic
the processor, e.g. because ofeffects or eliminate sources ofopen cable connections, spikes
disturbance.
(ripple) on the supply voltage– Perform reset (Code 7864)
or electromagnetic effects.
and carry out calibration again.
– Repeat download.

– Replace main electronics.

– Cable connection sensor –main – Check cable connection andelectronics disconnected.
repair if necessary.
– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in
the technical data.  See
Technical Information
TI00382P (Deltabar S),
TI00383P (Cerabar S) or
TI00416P (Deltapilot S).

– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate source ofdisturbance.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Sensor defect.

– Replace sensor.

30

5
13

130 (A130) Alarm
B

Failure (F)B>EEPROM is defect.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

10

131 (A131) Alarm
B

Failure (F)

B>Checksum error in– Main electronics defect.
EEPROM: min/max segment– Replace main electronics.

9132 (A132) Alarm
B

Failure (F)

B>Checksum error in
totalizer EEPROM– Replace main electronics.

7132– Main electronics defect.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Code

Error type/
NA 64

133 (A133) Alarm
B

Troubleshooting

Corresponds NE 107

Message/description

Cause

Failure (F)

B>Checksum error in History – An error occurred when
EEPROMwriting.

MeasurePrio
rity– Perform reset (Code 7864)
8
and carry out calibration again.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace electronics.
– Add to linearisation table orperform linearisation again.

602(W602)

WarningC

Funktioncheck (C)C>Linearisation curve notmonotone– The linearisation table is not
monotonic increasing or
decreasing.

604(W604)

WarningC

Funktioncheck (C)C>Linearisation table notvalid. Less than 2 points orpoints too close

From software version "02.10.xx" onwards, there is no min. span for
the Y-points.
– The linearisation table consists – Add to linearisation table. Ifof less than 2 points.
necessary, perform
linearisation again.

57

58– Correct linearisation table and– At least 2 points in theaccept again.
linearisation table are too close
together. A minimum gap of
0.5 % of the distance between
two points must be
maintained.
Spans for the "Pressure
linearized" option: HYDR.
PRESS MAX. – HYDR. PRESS
MIN.; TANK CONTENT MAX. –TANK CONTENT MIN.
Spans for the "Heightlinearized" option: LEVEL MAX– LEVEL MIN; TANKCONTENT MAX. – TANKCONTENT MIN.
613
(W613)

Warning
I

Funktioncheck (C)I>Simulation is active– Simulation is switched on, i.e.
the device is not measuring atpresent.

620 (E620)

Error
C
Factory
setting:
Warning C

Out ofspecification(S)

C>Current output out ofrange

The current is outside thepermitted range 3.8 to 20.5 mA.

700(W700)

701(W701)

WarningC

Warning
C

Endress+Hauser

Maintenance request(M)

Funktioncheck (C)C>Last configuration notstoredC>Measuring chain config.
exceeds sensor range– Switch off simulation.

60

49– Check pressure applied,reconfigure measuring range ifnecessary (See also these– The pressure applied is outside
Operating Instructions,the set measuring range (butchapter 4 to 6.)
within the sensor range).
– Perform reset (Code 7864)
and carry out calibration again.
– Loose connection at sensor
cable– Wait a short period of time
and tighten the connection, or
avoid loose connection.

– An error occurred whenwriting or reading
configuration data or the
power supply was
disconnected.

– Perform reset (Code 7864)
54
and carry out calibration again.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Carry out calibration again.
– The calibration carried out
would result in the sensor
nominal operating range being
undershot or overshot.

50

133

Troubleshooting

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Code

Error type/
NA 64

Corresponds NE 107

Message/description

Cause

702
(W702)

Warning
C

Maintenance request(M)

C>HistoROM data notconsistent.

55– Data were not written correctly – Repeat upload.
– Perform reset (Code 7864)
to the HistoROM, e.g. if theand carry out calibration again.
HistoROM was detachedduring the writing process.

703 (A703) AlarmB

704 (A704) AlarmB

705 (A705) Alarm
B

706(W706)

WarningC

Failure (F)Funktioncheck (C)

Failure (F)Maintenance request(M)

B>Measurement error

B>Measurement error

B>Measurement error

C>Configuration in
HistoROM and device not
identical

MeasurePrio
rity– HistoROM does not have anydata.

– Copy suitable data to theHistoROM. (See also
Operating Instructions
BA00270P (Deltabar S),
BA00271P (Cerabar S) or
BA00332P (Deltapilot S),
Section "Copying configurationdata".)– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device fromthe power supply.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device fromthe power supply.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device fromthe power supply.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Configuration (parameters) in
the HistoROM and in thedevice is not identical.

59– Copy data from the device tothe HistoROM.
– Copy data from the HistoROM
to the device. The message
remains if the HistoROM andthe device have different
software versions. The
message goes out if you copy
the data from the device to theHistoROM.
– Device reset codes such as7864 do not have any effect on
the HistoROM. That meansthat if you do a reset, theconfigurations in the
HistoROM and in the device
may not be the same.

22

12

21

See also Operating
Instructions BA00270P (DeltabarS), BA00271P (Cerabar S),
BA00332P (Deltapilot S) Section"Copying configuration data".
707 (A707) Alarm
B

Funktioncheck (C)B>X-VAL. of lin. table out ofedit limits.

– At least one X-VALUE in thelinearisation table is either
below the value for HYDR.
PRESS MIN. or MIN. LEVEL orabove the value for HYDR.
PRESS. MAX. or LEVEL MAX.

– Carry out calibration again. ( 38
See also these Operating
Instructions, chapter 5.)710(W710)

Funktioncheck (C)B>Set span too small. Not
allowed.

– Values for calibration (e.g.
lower range value and upper
range value) are too close
together.

– Adjust calibration to suitsensor.
(See also Page 120,parameter description
MINIMUM SPAN.)

WarningC

51– Adjust calibration to suit
– The sensor was replaced andsensor.
the customer-specificconfiguration does not suit the – Replace sensor with a suitablesensor.
sensor.
– Unsuitable download carried
out.

134

– Check configuration andperform download again.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Code

Error type/NA 64

711 (A711) Alarm
B

Troubleshooting

Corresponds NE 107

Message/description

Cause

MeasurePrio
rity

Funktioncheck (C)B>LRV or URV out of edit
limits– Lower range value and/or
upper range value undershootor overshoot the sensor range
limits.

– Reconfigure lower range value
and/or upper range value tosuit the sensor. Pay attention
to position factor.

37– Reconfigure lower range value– The sensor was replaced andand/or upper range value tothe customer-specificsuit the sensor. Pay attention
configuration does not suit theto position factor.
sensor.
– Replace sensor with a suitablesensor.
– Unsuitable download carried
out.

– Check configuration andperform download again.

713 (A713) Alarm
B

Funktioncheck (C)

B>100% POINT level out ofedit limits– The sensor was replaced.

– Carry out calibration again.

39

715 (E715)

Out ofspecification(S)

C>Sensor over temperature– The temperature measured in
the sensor is greater than theupper nominal temperature of
the sensor. (See also Page
120, parameter description
Tmax SENSOR.)– Reduce process temperature/
ambient temperature.

32– Unsuitable download carried
out.

– Check configuration andperform download again.

B>Process isolating
diaphragm broken– Sensor defect.

– Replace sensor.

C>Transmitter overtemperature– The temperature measured in
the electronics is greater thanthe upper nominal
temperature of the electronics(+88 °C).

– Reduce ambient temperature.

– Unsuitable download carried
out.

– Check configuration andperform download again.

– The temperature measured in
the electronics is smaller thanthe lower nominal
temperature of the electronics(–43 °C).

– Increase ambient temperature. 35
Insulate device if necessary.

– Unsuitable download carried
out.

– Check configuration andperform download again.

716 (E716)

717 (E717)

718 (E718)

Error
C
Factory
setting:
Warning C

Error
B
Factory
setting:
Alarm B

Failure (F)

ErrorC
Factory
setting:
Warning C

Out ofspecification
(S)

Error
C
Factory
setting:
Warning C

719 (A719) Alarm
B

Endress+Hauser

Out ofspecification(S)

Funktioncheck (C)C>Transmitter undertemperature

B>Y-VAL of lin. table out ofedit limits

24– Reduce pressure.

– Carry out calibration again.
– At least on Y-VALUE in thelinearisation table is below the
MIN. TANK CONTANT or
above the MAX. TANKCONTENT.

34

40

135

Troubleshooting

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Code

Error type/
NA 64

Corresponds NE 107

Message/descriptionCause

720 (E720)

Error
C
Factory
setting:
Warning C

Out ofspecification(S)

C>Sensor under temperature – The temperature measured in
the sensor is smaller than thelower nominal temperature of
the sensor. ( See also Page
120, parameter description
Tmin SENSOR.)

MeasurePrio
rity– Increase process temperature/
ambient temperature.

33– Unsuitable download carried
out.

– Check configuration andperform download again.

– Loose connection at sensor
cable– Wait a short period of time
and tighten the connection, or
avoid loose connection.

721 (A721) Alarm
B

Funktioncheck (C)B>ZERO POSITION level outof edit limits– LEVEL MIN or LEVEL MAX
has been changed.

– Perform reset (Code 2710)
41
and carry out calibration again.

722 (A722) Alarm
B

Funktioncheck (C)B>EMPTY CALIB. or FULLCALIB. out of edit limits– LEVEL MIN or LEVEL MAX
has been changed.

– Perform reset (Code 2710)
42
and carry out calibration again.

723 (A723) Alarm
B

Funktioncheck (C)B>MAX. FLOW out of edit
limits– FLOW-MEAS. TYPE has beenchanged.

– Carry out calibration again.

43725 (A725) Alarm
B

Failure (F)B>Sensor connection error,
cycle disturbance– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in
the technical data.  See
Technical Information
TI00382P (Deltabar S),
TI00383P (Cerabar S) or
TI00416P (Deltapilot S).
– Setscrew loose.

– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate source ofdisturbance.

25– Sensor or main electronics
defect.

– Replace sensor or mainelectronics.

– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in
the technical data.  See
Technical Information
TI00382P (Deltabar S),
TI00383P (Cerabar S) or
TI00416P (Deltapilot S).

– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate source ofdisturbance.

726 (E726)

Error
C
Factory
setting:• Deltapilot:
Warning C• Deltabar/
Cerabar:Alarm COut ofspecification(S)

C>Sensor temperature error- overrange

31– Process temperature is outside – Check temperature present,
permitted range.
reduce or increase if necessary.
– Sensor defect.

136– Retighten setscrew with 1 Nm
(0,74 lbf ft) (see chapter"Rotating the housing" inBA00270P (Deltabar S),
BA00271P (Cerabar S),
BA00332P (Deltapilot S).

– If the process temperature is
within the permitted range,
replace sensor.

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Troubleshooting

CodeError type/
NA 64

Corresponds NE 107

Message/description

Cause

MeasurePrio
rity

727 (E727)

Error
C
Factory
setting:
Warning C

Out ofspecification(S)

C>Sensor pressure error overrange– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in
the technical data.  See
Technical Information
TI00382P (Deltabar S),
TI00383P (Cerabar S) or
TI00416P (Deltapilot S).

– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate source ofdisturbance.

28– Pressure is outside permitted
range.

– Check pressure present, reduceor increase if necessary.

– Sensor defect.

– If the pressure is within thepermitted range, replacesensor.

– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device fromthe power supply.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device fromthe power supply.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Pressure measured value has
undershot the value specified
for the Pmin ALARM
WINDOW parameter.

– Check system/pressure
measured value.
– Change value for Pmin
ALARM WINDOW if
necessary. (See also Page
129, parameter description
Pmin ALARM WINDOW.)– Loose connection at sensor
cable– Wait a short period of time
and tighten the connection, or
avoid loose connection.

728 (A728) AlarmB

729 (A729) Alarm
B

730 (E730)

731 (E731)

Error
C
Factory
setting:
Warning C

ErrorC
Factory
setting:
Warning C

Failure (F)Failure (F)Out ofspecification(S)

Out ofspecification(S)

B>RAM error

B>RAM error

C>LRV user limits exceeded

C>URV user limits exceeded– Check system/pressure– Pressure measured value has
measured value.
overshot the value specified for– Change value for Pmax
the Pmax ALARM WINDOWALARM WINDOW if
parameter.
necessary. (See also Page
129, parameter description
Pmax ALARM WINDOW.)– Loose connection at sensor
cable

2

3

46

45

– Wait a short period of time
and tighten the connection, or
avoid loose connection.

732 (E732)

Error
C
Factory
setting:
Warning C

Out ofspecification(S)

C>LRV Temp. User limits
exceeded– Temperature measured value – Check system/temperature
measured value.
has undershot the value
specified for the Tmin ALARM – Change value for Tmin
WINDOW parameter.
ALARM WINDOW if
necessary. (See also Page
129, parameter description
Tmin ALARM WINDOW.)

48

733 (E733)

Error
C
Factory
setting:
Warning C

Out ofspecification(S)

C>URV Temp. User limits
exceeded– Temperature measured value – Check system/temperature
measured value.
has overshot the value
specified for the Tmax ALARM – Change value for Tmax
ALARM WINDOW if
WINDOW parameter.
necessary. (See also Page
129, parameter description
Tmax ALARM WINDOW.)

47

Failure (F)B>RAM error– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device fromthe power supply.

4– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device fromthe power supply.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

736 (A736) Alarm
B

737 (A737) Alarm
B

Endress+Hauser

Failure (F)B>Measurement error

20

137

Troubleshooting

CodeError type/NA 64

738 (A738) AlarmB

739 (A739) AlarmB

740 (E740)

Error
C
Factory
setting:
Warning C

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Corresponds NE 107

Message/description

Cause

MeasurePrio
rity

Failure (F)B>Measurement error– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device fromthe power supply.

19– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Fault in the main electronics.

– Briefly disconnect device fromthe power supply.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Level measuring mode: themeasured pressure has
undershot the value for HYDR.
PRESS. MIN. or overshot thevalue for HYDR. PRESS MAX.

– Check configuration and carryout calibration again if
necessary.
– Select a device with a suitablemeasuring range.

– Level measuring mode: The
measured level did not reachthe LEVEL MIN value or
exceeded the LEVEL MAX
value.

– Check configuration and carryout calibration again if
necessary.
(See also parameter
description LEVEL MIN., Page
93.)

– Flow measuring mode: themeasured pressure has
undershot the value for MAX.
PRESS FLOW.

– Check configuration and carryout calibration again if
necessary.
– Select a device with a suitablemeasuring range.

Failure (F)Maintenance request(M)

B>Measurement error

C>Calculation overflow, badconfiguration

23

27

741 (A741) Alarm
B

Funktioncheck (C)B>TANK HEIGHT out of edit
limits– LEVEL MIN or LEVEL MAX
has been changed.

– Perform reset (Code 2710)
44
and carry out calibration again.

742 (A742) Alarm
B

Failure (F)B>Sensor connection error(upload)– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in
the technical data.  See
Technical Information
TI00382P (Deltabar S),
TI00383P (Cerabar S) or
TI00416P (Deltapilot S). Thismessage normally only
appears briefly.

18– Wait a few minutes.
– Perform reset (Code 7864)
and carry out calibration again.

– Cable connection sensor –– Check cable connection andmain electronics disconnected.
repair if necessary.

743 (E743)

Alarm
B

744 (A744) Alarm
B

745(W745)

138

WarningC

Failure (F)Failure (F)Maintenance request(M)

B>Electronic PCB error
during initialisation

B>Main electronic PCB error

C>Sensor data unknown– Sensor defect.

– Replace sensor.

– This message normally only
appears briefly.

– Wait a few minutes.
– Restart the device. Perform
reset (Code 62).

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in
the technical data.  See
Technical Information
TI00382P (Deltabar S),
TI00383P (Cerabar S) or
TI00416P (Deltapilot S).

– Restart the device. Perform
reset (Code 62).
– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate source ofdisturbance.

– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

– Sensor does not suit the device – Replace sensor with a suitablesensor.
(electronic sensor nameplate).
Device continues measuring.

14

11

56

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Troubleshooting

CodeError type/
NA 64

Corresponds NE 107

Message/description

Cause

Measure

Prio
rity

746
(W746)

WarningC

Funktioncheck (C)C>Sensor connection error initialising– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in
the technical data. Thismessage normally only
appears briefly.  See
Technical Information
TI00382P (Deltabar S),
TI00383P (Cerabar S) or
TI00416P (Deltapilot S).

– Wait a few minutes.
– Restart the device. Perform
reset (Code 7864).
– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate source ofdisturbance.

26– Overpressure or low pressure
present.

– Reduce or increase pressure.

747 (A747) Alarm
B

Failure (F)B>Sensor software notcompatible to electronics– Sensor does not suit the device – Replace sensor with a suitable(electronic sensor nameplate).
sensor.

16

748 (A748) Alarm
B

Failure (F)

B>Memory failure in signal
processor– Electromagnetic effects are
greater than specifications in
the technical data.  See
Technical Information
TI00382P (Deltabar S),
TI00383P (Cerabar S) or
TI00416P (Deltapilot S).

– Block off electromagnetic
effects or eliminate source ofdisturbance.

15– Main electronics defect.

– Replace main electronics.

Endress+Hauser

139Troubleshooting

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

10.1.1

On-site display error messages

If the device detects a defect in the on-site display during initialization, the following error
messages can be displayed:
Message

MeasureInitialization, VU Electr. Defect A110

Exchange on-site display.

Initialization, VU Electr. Defect A114
Initialization, VU Electr. Defect A281
Initialization, VU Checksum Err. A110
Initialization, VU Checksum Err. A112
Initialization, VU Checksum Err. A171

10.2

Response of outputs to errors

The device differentiates between the error types Alarm, Warning and Error.
 See also Section 10.1 "Messages" und Page 112 ff, Table 22: OUTPUT and Page 127 ff,
Table 31: MESSAGES.
OutputA (Alarm)

W (Warning)

E (Error: Alarm/Warning)

Current output

Assumes the value specified via the
OUTPUT FAIL MODE1), ALT. CURR.
OUTPUT1 and SET MAX. ALARM1
parameter. See also the following
section "Configuring current output foran alarm".

Device continues measuring.

For this error, you can enter whether thedevice should react as in the event of analarm or as in the event of a warning.
See corresponding "Alarm" or "Warning"column. (See also these Operating
Instructions, parameter description
SELECT ALARM TYPE.)

Bargraph(on-site display)

The bargraph adopts the value definedby the OUTPUT FAIL MODE 1
parameter.

The bargraph adopts the value whichcorresponds to the current value.

 See this table, column "Alarm" or"Warning".

On-site display– The measured value and message are – The measured value and message aredisplayed alternately
displayed alternately-symbol– Measured value display:-symbol is – Measured value display:
flashes.
permanently displayed.

Remote operation(Digitalcommunication)

Message display– 3-digit number such as A122 anddescription

Message display:– 3-digit number such as W613 anddescription

Message display:– 3-digit number such as E731 anddescription

In the case of an alarm, the
ALARM STATUS2) parameter displays a3-digit number such as 122 for "Sensor
not connected".

In the case of a warning, the ALARM
STATUS2 parameter displays a 3-digit
number such as 613 for "Simulation is
active".

In the case of an error, the
ALARM STATUS2 parameter displays a3-digit number such as 731 for "URVuser limits exceeded".

1)

Menu path: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU  OUTPUT

2)

Menu path: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU MESSAGES

140– The measured value and message aredisplayed alternately– Measured value display: seecorresponding "Alarm" or "Warning"columnEndress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

10.3

Troubleshooting

Confirming messages

Depending on the settings for the ALARM DISPL. TIME (Page 128) and ACK. ALARM
MODE (Page 127) parameters, the following measures should be taken to clear amessage:
Settings 1)

Measures– ALARM DISPL. TIME = 0 s– ACK. ALARM MODE = off– Rectify cause of the message (see also Section 10.1).

– ALARM DISPL. TIME > 0 s– ACK. ALARM MODE = off– Rectify cause of the message (see also Section 10.1).
– Wait for the alarm display time to elapse.

– ALARM DISPL. TIME = 0 s– ACK. ALARM MODE = on

– Rectify cause of the message (see also Section 10.1).
– Confirm message using ACK. ALARM parameter.

– ALARM DISPL. TIME > 0 s– ACK. ALARM MODE = on

– Rectify cause of the message (see also Section 10.1).
– Confirm message using ACK. ALARM parameter.
– Wait for the alarm display time to elapse. If a message appears and thealarm display time elapses before the message has been acknowledged,
the message will be cleared once it has been acknowledged.

1)

Menu path for ALARM DISPL. TIME and ACK. ALARM MODE: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENUDIAGNOSTICS MESSAGES

If the on-site display displays a message, you can delete it with the  key.
If there are several messages, the on-site display shows the message which has the highest
priority (see also Section 10.1). Once you have deleted this message using the  key, themessage with the next highest priority is displayed. You can use the  key to delete eachmessage, one after the other.
The ALARM STATUS parameter continues to display all the messages present.

Endress+Hauser

141

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Index
Numerics

100% POINT (813), "Height linearized" level type. . . . . 96
100% POINT (813), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
4TH VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
4TH VALUE IS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

A

ACK. ALARM (500) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
ACK. ALARM MODE (401) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
ACTIV LIN. TAB. X. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
ACTIV LIN. TAB. Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
ADDITIONAL INFO. (272) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
ADJUST DENSITY (007), "Level Easy Height" level selection
75
ADJUST DENSITY (007)/(316), "Level" extended setup 101
ADJUST DENSITY (316), "Height linearized" level type . 94
ADJUST DENSITY (316), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . 83
ADJUSTED DENSITY (810), "Height linearized" level type .
94
ADJUSTED DENSITY (810), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . 83
ALARM DELAY (336) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
ALARM DISPL. TIME (480) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
ALARM STATUS (046). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
ALLOWED MAX. TEMP (359). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
ALLOWED MIN. TEMP (358) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
ALT. CURR. OUTPUT (597) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
ALTERNATE DATA (423) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
ASSIGN CURRENT (760) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

B

BOLTS MATERIAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
BURST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
BURST OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
BUS ADDRESS (345) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

C

CALIB. OFFSET (319) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
CALIBRATION MODE (008), "Level Easy Height" level selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
CALIBRATION MODE (008), "Level Easy Pressure" level selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
CALIBRATION MODE (392), "Height linearized" level type
93
CALIBRATION MODE (392), "Linear" level type. . . . . . . 82
COMB. MEASURAND (806). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
CONFIG RECORDER (352) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
CORRECTED PRESS. (434), "Flow" measuring mode . . 123
CORRECTED PRESS. (434), "Level" measuring mode. . 122
CORRECTED PRESS. (434), "Pressure" measuring mode . . .
121
COUNTER P > Pmax (380) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
COUNTER P Pmin (467) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
COUNTER T > Tmax (404) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
COUNTER T Tmin (472) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
CURR. CHARACT. (694), (695), (696), (764) . . . . . . . 113
CURR. TRIM 20mA (042). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
CURR. TRIM 4mA (045) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
142

CURRENT MODE (052) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
CUST. TAG NUMBER (055) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
CUST. UNIT FACT. F (609) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
CUST. UNIT FACT. H (705), "Height linearized" level type .
90, 95
CUST. UNIT FACT. H (705), "Linear" level type . . . . 80, 85
CUST. UNIT FACT. M (703), "Height linearized" level type92
CUST. UNIT FACT. M (703), "Linear" level type. . . . . . . . 82
CUST. UNIT FACT. M (703), "Pressure linearized" level type
89
CUST. UNIT FACT. P (317) . . . . . . . . . . 69, 71, 74, 78, 97
CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607), "Height linearized" level type .
91
CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607), "Linear" level type . . . . 81, 84
CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607), "Pressure linearized" level type88
CUSTOMER UNIT F (610) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
CUSTOMER UNIT H (706), "Height linearized" level type. .
90, 95CUSTOMER UNIT H (706), "Linear" level type . . . . . 79, 85
CUSTOMER UNIT M (704), "Height linearized" level type .
92
CUSTOMER UNIT M (704), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . 81
CUSTOMER UNIT M (704), "Pressure linearized" level type88
CUSTOMER UNIT P (075) . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 71, 74, 78, 97
CUSTOMER UNIT V (608), "Height linearized" level type. .
91
CUSTOMER UNIT V (608), "Linear" level type . . . . . 80, 84
CUSTOMER UNIT V (608), "Pressure linearized" level type
87

D

DAMPING VALUE (247) . 65–67, 70, 73, 77, 86, 89, 96,
100
DENSITY UNIT (001), "Level Easy Height" level selection. .
75
DENSITY UNIT (001)/(812), "Level" extended setup . 101
DENSITY UNIT (812), "Height linearized" level type . . . . 94
DENSITY UNIT (812), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
DEVICE DESIGN. (350). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
DEVICE REVISION (699) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
DEVICE SERIAL No (354). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
DEVICE TYPE (002), Deltapilot S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
DEVICE TYPE (351), Deltabar S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
DEVICE TYPE (802), Cerabar S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
DIAPHRAG. MAT. -. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
DIAPHRAG. MAT. + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
DIGITS SETS (840) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
DIP STATUS (363) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
DISPLAY CONTRAST (339) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
DOWNLOAD SELECT (014). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
DRAIN VENT MAT.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
DRAIN VENT POS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HARTE

EDITOR TABLE (770), on-site operation . . . . . . . . . . . 106
EDITOR TABLE (809), on-site operation . . . . . . . . . . . 105
EDITOR TABLE, digital communication . . . . . . . 108–109
ELECTR. SERIAL No (386) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
EMPTY CALIB. (010), "Level Easy Height" level selection. .
76
EMPTY CALIB. (010), "Level Easy Pressure" level selection
72
EMPTY CALIB. (314), "Height linearized" level type . . . 93
EMPTY CALIB. (314), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
EMPTY CALIB. (314)/(010), QUICK SETUP . . . . . . . . . 66
EMPTY HEIGHT. (009), "Level Easy Height" level selection
76
EMPTY PRESSURE (011), "Level Easy Pressure" level selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
EMPTY PRESSURE (710), "Height linearized" level type 94
EMPTY PRESSURE (710), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . 83
ENTER RESET CODE (047). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
ERROR No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

F

FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 1 (329) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 2 (330) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
FILL FLUID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
FILLING FLUID (366) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
FLOW-MEAS. TYPE (640) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
FULL CALIB. (004), "Level Easy Height" level selection. 76
FULL CALIB. (004), "Level Easy Pressure" level selection . .
72–73
FULL CALIB. (315), "Height linearized" level type . . . . . 94
FULL CALIB. (315), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
FULL CALIB. (315)/(004), QUICK SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . 66
FULL HEIGHT (006), "Level Easy Height" level selection 77
FULL PRESSURE (005), "Level Easy Pressure" level selection
73
FULL PRESSURE (711), "Height linearized" level type. . 94
FULL PRESSURE (711), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . . 83

G

GET LRV (309), "Pressure" measuring mode . . . . . . . . . 70
GET URV (310), "Pressure" measuring mode . . . . . . . . . 70

H

HARDWARE REV. (266) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
HART DATE (481). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
HART MESSAGE (271) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
HART PRIMARY VALUE IS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
HART VERSION (585). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
HEIGHT UNIT (011), "Level Easy Height" level selection 75
HEIGHT UNIT (708), "Height linearized" level type . 90, 95
HEIGHT UNIT (708), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . 79, 85
HistoROM AVAIL. (831). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
HistoROM CONTROL (832) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
HYDR. PRESS MAX. (761) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
HYDR. PRESS MIN. (775) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

I

INSERT PIN NO (048) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Endress+Hauser

L

LANGUAGE (079). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
LAST DIAG. CODE (564) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
LEVEL BEFORE LIN (050) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
LEVEL MAX (712) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
LEVEL MIN (755) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
LEVEL MODE (718) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
LEVEL SELECTION (020) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
LIN. EDIT MODE (397), on-site operation . . . . . . . . . . 105
LIN. EDIT MODE, digital communication . . . . . . . . . . . 107
LIN. MEASURAND (804) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
LINd. MEASURAND (805) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
LINEAR/SQROOT (390) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
LINE-NUMB (549), on-site operation . . . . . . . . . 105–106
LINE-NUMB, digital communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
LONG TAG NUMBER (305) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
LOW FLOW CUT-OFF (442) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

M

MAIN DATA FORMAT (688) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
MANUFACTOR ID (432) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
MASS FLOW UNIT (571) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
MASS UNIT (709), "Height linearized" level type . . . . . . 92
MASS UNIT (709), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
MASS UNIT (709), "Pressure linearized" level type . . . . . 88
MAT. MEMBRANE (365) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
MAT. PROC. CONN. - (361). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
MAT. PROC. CONN. + (360) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
MAX PRESS. FLOW (634) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 100
MAX. FLOW (311) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 100
MAX. MEAS. PRESS. (383) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
MAX. MEAS. TEMP. (471) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
MEAS. VAL. TREND (378). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121–123
MEASURED VALUE, "Flow" measuring mode . . . . . . . 122
MEASURED VALUE, "Level" measuring mode . . . . . . . 121
MEASURED VALUE, "Pressure" measuring mode . . . . 121
MEASURING MODE (389), on-site display . . . . . . . . . . . 62
MEASURING TABLE (549) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
MEASURING TABLE (717) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
MENU DESCRIPTOR (419). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
MIN. MEAS. PRESS. (469) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
MIN. MEAS. TEMP. (474) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
MIN. PRESS. FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
MINIMUM SPAN (591) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
MOUNTING THREAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

N

NEG. FLOW TOT. 1 (400) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
NEG. FLOW TOT. 2 (416) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
NORM FLOW UNIT (661) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
NR OF REMOTE SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
NUTS MATERIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

O

OFFSET 20mA TRIM (044) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
OFFSET 4mA TRIM (043) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
OPERATING HOURS (409). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
OUTPUT CURRENT (254) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
OUTPUT FAIL MODE (388) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

143

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HARTOUTPUT UNIT (023), "Level Easy Height" level selection . .
75
OUTPUT UNIT (023), "Level Easy Pressure" level selection .
71

P

PCB COUNTT Tmin (492) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
PCB COUNT T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
PCB COUNT T > Tmax (488) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
PCB MAX. TEMP. (490). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
PCB MIN. TEMP. (494) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
PCB TEMPERATURE (357) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Pmax ALARM WINDOW (333) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Pmax PROC. CONN. (570) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Pmax SENS. DAMAGE (252) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Pmin ALARM WINDOW (332). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Pmin SENS. DAMAGE (251) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
POS. INPUT VALUE (563) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64–65, 68
POS. ZERO ADJUST (685) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64–65, 67–68
PREAMBLE NUMBER (036) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
PRESS. ENG. UNIT (060) . . . . . . . . . . . . 69–70, 74, 77, 97
PRESS. SENS HILIM (485) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
PRESS. SENS LOLIM (484) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
PRESSURE (301), "Flow" measuring mode. . . . . . . . . . . 123
PRESSURE (301), "Level" measuring mode . . . . . . . . . . 122
PRESSURE, "Pressure" measuring mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
PRIMARY VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
PROC. CONN. TYPE (482) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
PROCESS DENSITY (025)/(811). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Q

Quick Setup "Flow" menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Quick Setup "Level" menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Quick Setup "Pressure" menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

R

REMOTE SEAL - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
REMOTE SEAL + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
RESET ALL ALARMS (603). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
RESET PEAKHOLD (382). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
RESET TOTALIZER1 (331) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

S

SEAL TYPE (362) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
SECONDARY VAL. IS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
SECONDARY VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
SELECT ALARMTYPE (595), (600) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
SENS H/WARE REV (487) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
SENSOR MEAS.TYPE (581). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
SENSOR PRESSURE (584), "Pressure" measuring mode . . . .
121–122
SENSOR PRESSURE (584), "Safety confirm." group. . . . 123
SENSOR SER. No. (250) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
SENSOR TEMP. (367) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121–123
SET LRV (013), "Level Easy Height" level selection . . . . . 77
SET LRV (013), "Level Easy Pressure" level selection . . . 73
SET LRV (245), "Pressure" measuring mode . . . . . . 64, 69
SET LRV (637), "Flow" extended setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
SET LRV (719), "Level" basic setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
144

SET LRV (762), "Level" extended setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
SET MAX. ALARM (342) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
SET MIN. CURRENT (343) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
SET URV (012), "Level Easy Height" level selection. . . . . 77
SET URV (012), "Level Easy Pressure" level selection . . . 73
SET URV (246), "Pressure" measuring mode . . . . . . 64, 70
SET URV (638), "Flow" extended setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
SET URV (720), "Level" basic setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
SET URV (763), "Level" extended setup . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
SET. L. FL. CUT-OFF (323). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Sicherheitshinweise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SIM. CURRENT (270) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
SIM. ERROR NO. (476) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
SIM. LEVEL (714) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
SIM. PRESSURE (414) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
SIM. TANK CONT. (715) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
SIM.FLOW VALUE (639) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
SIMULATION MODE (413) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
SOFTWARE VERSION (264) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
STD. FLOW UNIT (660) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
SUPPRESSED FLOW (375). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

T

TABLE ACTIVATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
TABLE SELECTION (808), on-site operation. . . . . . . . 105
TABLE SELECTION, digital communication. . . . . . . . . 107
TANK CONTENT (370) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
TANK CONTENT MAX (713) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104, 107
TANK CONTENT MIN (759) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104, 107
TANK DESCRIPTION (815) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 109
TANK HEIGHT (859) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
TANK VOLUME (858) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
TEMP. ENG. UNIT (318), "Flow" measuring mode . . . 103
TEMP. ENG. UNIT (318), "Level" measuring mode . . . 101
TEMP. ENG. UNIT (318), "Pressure" measuring mode 100
THIRD VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
THIRD VALUE IS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
THREAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Tmax ALARM WINDOW (335). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Tmax SENSOR (369). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Tmin ALARM WINDOW (334) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Tmin SENSOR (368) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
TOT. 1 USER UNIT (627) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
TOT. 2 USER UNIT (628) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW (655). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
TOTAL. 2 OVERFLOW (658). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
TOTALIZER 1 (652) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
TOTALIZER 1 UNIT (398), (662), (664), (666) . . . . . 110
TOTALIZER 2 (657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
TOTALIZER 2 UNIT (399), (663), (665), (667) . . . . . 111

U

UNIT FLOW (391). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
UNIT VOLUME (313), "Height linearized" level type. . . . 91
UNIT VOLUME (313), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . 80, 84
UNIT VOLUME (313), "Pressure linearized" level type . . 87

X

X-VAL. (550), on-site operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
X-VAL., digital communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Endress+Hauser

Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HARTYY-VAL. (551), on-site operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105–106
Y-VAL., digital communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

ZZERO POSITION (814), "Height linearized" level type . . 96
ZERO POSITION (814), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Endress+Hauser

145

146

147

71336359

www.addresses.endress.com